Interactions between bee species in relation to floral resources

Jay Masao Iwasaki

A thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, University of Otago, Dunedin, New Zealand

January 2017

This thesis is dedicated to my father, Masataka Iwasaki

For his patience, sacrifice, and support

Abstract

Bee communities in New Zealand are composed of native and introduced bees, including honey bees (Apis mellifera), which have been in the country for over 100 years. While there is evidence from other countries that honey bees compete with native bees, the interactions within New Zealand are not well understood. In addition, the arrival in New Zealand of the parasitic mite, Varroa destructor in 2000, and the subsequent loss of feral honey bees across the country has had unknown effects on the native pollinator community. How the loss of honey bees has affected other bee species can provide insight on the potential impact of honey bees prior to introduction to New Zealand and the potential impact prior to the introduction of varroa.

To determine the impact of introduced bees on native bees, resource utilisation and overlap between bee species was estimated. The potential impact of honey bees on native bees was also examined with the addition of honey bee hives at a field site on The Remarkables mountain range, Otago, New Zealand. Lastly, the potential competitive impact of honey bees on bumblebees was examined experimentally in a glasshouse.

Floral resources, composed of pollen and nectar, are the main food source for adult and larval bees. Different aspects of resource overlap can be compared to estimate the potential competition between bee species. However, quantifying the amount of floral resources available is difficult in heterogeneous landscapes and so to estimate this an index of floral density per plot was created by combining methods for assessing resource availability. Floral density for each plant species was estimated and extrapolated by the abundance within the study sites. The flowering status of each species was then determined for each survey period and analysed with respect to the floral choices made by each bee taxon.

In the field, all bee species collectively made up over 80% of floral visitors observed. Overall bees showed floral preferences that did not always correlate with floral availability. Introduced bees (honey bees and bumblebees) showed a preference for introduced plant species, Fabaceae in particular, which native bees did not generally utilise. Native bees showed widespread generalisation on both native and introduced plant species.

Native and introduced bees showed minimal resource overlap and clear preferences for different plant taxa. Where there was greatest floral overlap, resources were not likely to be

i limiting. Competition was more likely to occur between native and Leioproctus bees, and between introduced honey bees and bumblebees. The widespread utilisation for introduced plant species with longer flowering times than native plants also suggest that introduced plants may be elevating local native bee populations, particularly generalist taxa, above historic levels. Native bee populations may have been previously limited by seasonal resource availability rather than by resource abundance.

In an experimental glasshouse, where bumblebees and honey bees foraged together on artificial flowers, honey bees did not have a displacing effect on bumblebees. Honey bees and bumblebees also showed different behavioural responses to varying resource treatments, which may reflect how they respond to changes in resource availability. In response to reductions in floral quantities, honey bees showed behavioural responses consistent with a lack of recruitment of foragers. Bumblebees did not show any differences in foraging behaviour in the presence of honey bees but they did respond quickly to changes in resource quality. In contrast, honey bees were not able to differentiate between floral resource quality.

The reduction in feral honey bee populations due to varroa may have resulted in an increase in resource availability throughout New Zealand. However, as native and introduced bees have different preferences for flowers, floral resources may not have been limiting and so the impact of varroa may have little impact on native bees except where local honey bee and native bee densities were particularly high. The high degree of resource overlap between honey bees and bumblebees may in fact result in bumblebees as the most likely bee taxa in New Zealand to be affected by changes in honey bee populations. Further research should examine the respective floral choices and nest site availability of native bees in other habitats for a more complete understanding of the impact of varroa and competitive potential of introduced bees on New Zealand pollinator communities.

ii

Acknowledgements

I’d like to acknowledge my supervisors, Katharine Dickinson, Barbara Barratt, Janice Lord, and Alison Mercer for their time and efforts to see this PhD through. Thank you as well to Stacey Combes (University of California, Davis), for her time and advising before and during my Ph.D.

For logistical and financial support, gratitude is owed to the University of Otago; especially the Zoology and Botany Departments, the Department of Conservation, AgResearch Ltd. Invermay Research Centre, Plant and Food Research, the New Zealand Ecological Society, the Entomological Society of New Zealand, Peter Ward at Alpine Honey, Murray and Heidi Rixon at Rent a Hive, and the Miss E. L. Hellaby Indigenous Grasslands Research Trust.

At the Department of Botany, thanks to Stewart Bell, Kath McGilbert, Michelle McKinlay, Susan Mackenzie, Megan Mathieson, Hadley O’Sullivan, Vickey Tomlinson, and Sir Alan Mark for technical help and advisement. At AgResearch Invermay, thanks to Diane Barton, Bruce Philip, and Andrew McSkimming for moral support and logistical assistance.

Tim Jowett (Department of Mathematics & Statistics), Graham Wood, Neil Cox (AgResearch), and Scott Jarvie & Luke Easton (Department of Zoology), provided essential insight into R and statistical analyses.

For their time and assistance with bee-related insights, Barry Donovan (DNIR) and Brad Howlett (Plant and Food).

For assistance in the field and data entry, Rachel Shepherd.

For her wonderful illustrations and motivation at the end of it all, Julia Hunn.

And for all the good conversation, quality food, generosity, and friendship; Marc Schallenberg and Chris Livesey.

iii

Table of contents

Abstract ...... i Acknowledgments ...... iii Table of contents ...... iv List of tables...... viii List of figures ...... x

Chapter 1 General introduction ...... 1 : A linkage to plant ecology ...... 2 Angiosperm pollination ...... 2 Bees: Keystone pollinators ...... 3 Pollination services and the decline of pollinators ...... 4 Habitat fragmentation and loss ...... 5 Pesticides ...... 5 Varroa destructor: A threat to honey bees ...... 6 Bees of New Zealand...... 8 Pollination in New Zealand ...... 9 Effects of introduced social bees on native bees in New Zealand ...... 10 Effects of varroa in New Zealand ...... 11 Potential effects on bumblebees and native bees ...... 12 Thesis objectives ...... 13 Chapter outlines ...... 14

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality ...... 16 Introduction ...... 17 Components of floral resources ...... 17 Quantifying floral resources ...... 18 The Remarkables study area ...... 20 Summary and aims ...... 21 Methods ...... 23

iv

Table of contents

Methods and study site ...... 23 Quantification of floral availability ...... 26 Floral species richness ...... 26 Floral resource metrics ...... 27 Floral Effort Index (FEI) ...... 27 Floral Impact (FI) ...... 28 Plot Floral Availability (PFA) ...... 30 Statistical analyses ...... 30 Results ...... 31 2.1 Community composition ...... 31 Richness and diversity ...... 31 Abundance scores by plant origin, family, and elevation ...... 32 Plot species similarities ...... 34 2.2 Floral Effort Index and Floral Impact ...... 35 Floral Effort Index (FEI) ...... 35 Floral Impact (FI) ...... 37 2.3 Plot Floral Availability: Temporal resource changes ...... 39 Overall Plot Floral Availability between seasons ...... 39 Temporal Plot Floral Availability patterns by plot ...... 41 Discussion and summary ...... 46

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects ...... 53 Introduction ...... 54 Bees in New Zealand ...... 54 Floral usage in New Zealand ...... 56 Bee competition ...... 57 Competition between introduced and native bees in New Zealand ...... 59 Summary and aims ...... 60 Methods ...... 62 Environmental monitoring...... 63 sampling and honey bee hive additions ...... 63

v

Table of contents

Pollen identification...... 64 Statistical analyses ...... 65 Results ...... 67 3.1 What are the patterns of pollinator community assemblages on The Remarkables? . 67 3.1.1 Floral visitor summary and abundance ...... 67 3.1.2 Abiotic conditions ...... 69 3.1.3 Specific visitor abundance over seasons ...... 72 3.2 What are the patterns of insect floral usage? ...... 77 3.2.1 Floral species selections ...... 77 3.2.2 Family level usage over field seasons ...... 86 3.2.3 Floral usage patterns by flies ...... 90 3.2.4 Floral usage patterns by other groups ...... 91 3.3 Does resource abundance (PFA) predict floral usage by bees? ...... 92 3.4 Do introduced bees overlap in resource utilisation with native bees?...... 97 Discussion and summary ...... 99

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers ...... 111 Introduction ...... 112 Western honey bee (Apis mellifera) ...... 112 Bumblebees ...... 114 Competition between Apis and Bombus ...... 116 Summary and aims ...... 117 Methods ...... 119 Site and description ...... 119 Bee hives ...... 120 Artificial flowers ...... 121 Experimental Methods...... 125 Experiment 1: The response of foraging bees to floral resource reductions ...... 125 Experiment 2: The response of foraging bees to differing floral resource quality .... 126 Statistical analyses ...... 127 Results ...... 129 4.1 How does temperature and light affect foraging behaviour? ...... 129 vi

Table of contents

Experiment 1 ...... 129 Experiment 2 ...... 131 4.2 Are bumblebees displaced by foraging honey bees? ...... 134 Experiment 1 ...... 134 Experiment 2 ...... 138 4.3 Experiment 1: How do interactions change when resources are reduced? ...... 142 4.4 Experiment 2: Does the quality of resources affect interactions between bees? ...... 143 Discussion and summary ...... 144

Chapter 5 ...... 150 Discussion ...... 151 Floral resources and utilisation ...... 152 Floral availability and indices ...... 152 Floral preferences in relation to floral resource availability ...... 154 Consequences for plants and pollinators from floral preferences ...... 156 Potential for competition between bees ...... 158 Other aspects of competition ...... 162 Closer analysis of competition between Bombus and Apis ...... 163 Future directions ...... 164 Conclusions ...... 167

References ...... 169

Appendices ...... 197 Appendix A (Chapter 1) ...... 198 Appendix B (Chapter 2) ...... 200 Appendix C (Chapter 3) ...... 210 Appendix D (Chapter 4) ...... 217

vii

Table of contents

List of tables

Chapter 2 ...... 16 Table 2.1 Details for the six paired field plots on The Remarkables ...... 24 Table 2.2 Date period analogues to seasonal equivalents ...... 25 Table 2.3 Floral morphology categories, scores for each, and descriptive criteria ...... 28 Table 2.4 Examples of Floral Effort Index (FEI) and Floral Impact (FI) ...... 29 Table 2.5 Species richness of introduced and native plants ...... 32 Table 2.6 Matrix of paired Jaccard similarity coefficients by plot ...... 35

Chapter 3 ...... 53 Table 3.1 Numbers and proportion of insect visitors on flowers recorded ...... 68 Table 3.2 Lasioglossum counts for each plant species for all seasons ...... 81 Table 3.3 Leioproctus counts for each plant species for all seasons ...... 82 Table 3.4 Hylaeus counts for each plant species for all seasons ...... 83 Table 3.5 Bombus terrestris counts for each plant species for all seasons ...... 84 Table 3.6 Apis mellifera counts for each plant species for all seasons ...... 85 Table 3.7 Pollen proportions by plant taxa recovered from Apis mellifera foragers ...... 98

Chapter 4 ...... 111 Table 4.1 Timeline of experiment 1 for all experimental days ...... 125 Table 4.2 Timeline of experiment 2 for all experimental days ...... 126

Appendix A ...... 198 Table A1.1 All bee species present by family and origin ...... 199

Appendix B ...... 200 Table B2.1 All plant species present by families and abundance per plot ...... 205 Table B2.2 GLM summary output for plant abundance models ...... 207 Table B2.3 GLM summary output for plant abundance by plot and family models ...... 208 Table B2.4 GLM summary output for FEI by plant family models ...... 209 Table B2.5 VGLM summary output for PFA by plant origin and season ...... 209

viii

Table of contents

Appendix C ...... 210 Table C3.1 LM summary output for abiotic conditions ...... 211 Table C3.2 VGLM summary output for Lasioglossum early seasons foraging models .... 212 Table C3.3 VGLM summary output for Lasioglossum late season foraging models ...... 213 Table C3.4 VGLM summary output for Leioproctus early seasons foraging models ...... 214 Table C3.5 VGLM summary output for Leioproctus late season foraging models ...... 215 Table C3.6 VGLM summary output for Bombus early seasons foraging models ...... 216

Appendix D ...... 217 Table D4.1 Experiment 1 GAM summary output for abiotic factors ...... 217 Table D4.2 Experiment 1 GLMER summary output for pre-trial bumblebee foraging..... 218 Table D4.3 Experiment 1 GLMER summary output for pre-trial honey bee foraging ...... 219 Table D4.4 Experiment 1 GLMMPQL summary output for bumblebee foraging trials ... 220 Table D4.5 Experiment 1 GLMMPQL summary output for honey bee foraging trials ..... 221 Table D4.6 Experiment 1 GLMMPQL summary output for 64 flower trials ...... 222 Table D4.7 Experiment 1 GLMMPQL summary output for 32 flower trials ...... 223 Table D4.8 Experiment 2 GAM summary output for abiotic factors ...... 224 Table D4.9 Experiment 2 GLMER summary output for pre-trial bumblebee foraging..... 225 Table D4.10 Experiment 2 GLMER summary output for pre-trial honey bee foraging .... 226 Table D4.11 Experiment 2 GLMMPQL summary output for bumblebee foraging trials . 227 Table D4.12 Experiment 2 GLMMPQL summary output for honey bee foraging trials ... 229

ix

Table of contents

List of figures

Chapter 1 ...... 1 Figure 1.1 Spread of Varroa destructor in New Zealand ...... 7

Chapter 2 ...... 16 Figure 2.1 Map of New Zealand, local area, and study sites ...... 23 Figure 2.2 Species richness of all flowering plant species overall and by plot ...... 31 Figure 2.3 Mean abundances of all flowering plant species overall and by plot ...... 33 Figure 2.4 Boxplots of abundance scores for flowering plant species by plot ...... 34 Figure 2.5 Examples of high Floral Effort Index (FEI) introduced plant species ...... 36 Figure 2.6 Examples of low and high Floral Effort Index (FEI) native plant species ...... 36 Figure 2.7 Mean Floral Impact (FI) scores of plant species by plant origin ...... 38 Figure 2.8 Mean Floral Impact (FI) scores of plant species by family group ...... 38 Figure 2.9 PFA between early seasons overall by plant origin ...... 39 Figure 2.10 PFA between early seasons by family group ...... 40 Figure 2.11 Species differences in PFA between early seasons...... 40 Figure 2.12 Overall PFA differences between sampling periods between early seasons .... 42 Figure 2.13 Plot 1A PFA differences for sampling periods between early seasons ...... 42 Figure 2.14 Plot 1B PFA differences for sampling periods between early seasons ...... 43 Figure 2.15 Plot 2A PFA differences for sampling periods between early seasons ...... 43 Figure 2.16 Plot 2B PFA differences for sampling periods between early seasons ...... 44 Figure 2.17 Plot 3A PFA differences for sampling periods between early seasons ...... 44 Figure 2.18 Plot 3B PFA differences for sampling periods between early seasons ...... 45

Chapter 3 ...... 53 Figure 3.1 Pollen types collected by honey bees ...... 65 Figure 3.2 Common bee species found on The Remarkables ...... 67 Figure 3.3 Boxplots of temperatures and wind speed for all field seasons ...... 69 Figure 3.4 Lasioglossum counts by temperatures and sky conditions, all field seasons ...... 70 Figure 3.5 Leioproctus counts by temperatures and sky conditions, all field seasons ...... 71 Figure 3.6 Bombus terrestris counts by temperatures and sky conditions, all field seasons 71 Figure 3.7 Mean bee counts by bee taxa for all seasons ...... 73

x

Table of contents

Figure 3.8 Sum of fly counts by size and plant family group ...... 74 Figure 3.9 Sum of counts of all floral visitors other than bees and flies ...... 75 Figure 3.10 Sum of counts of major floral visitors other than bees and flies ...... 76 Figure 3.11 Boxplots of bee counts by taxa against all plant species for all seasons ...... 80 Figure 3.12 Sum of all bee counts for all seasons by plant family group ...... 86 Figure 3.13 Boxplots of Lasioglossum counts by plant family group per season ...... 88 Figure 3.14 Boxplots of Leioproctus counts by plant family group per season ...... 88 Figure 3.15 Boxplots of introduced bee counts by plant family group per season ...... 89 Figure 3.16 Sum of fly counts by flower species for all seasons combined ...... 90 Figure 3.17 Sum of counts of Lasioglossum per plot for all seasons ...... 92 Figure 3.18 Sum of counts of Leioproctus per plot for all seasons ...... 93 Figure 3.19 Sum of counts of Hylaeus per plot for all seasons ...... 94 Figure 3.20 Sum of counts of Bombus terrestris per plot for all seasons ...... 95 Figure 3.21 Sum of counts of Apis mellifera per plot for all seasons ...... 96

Chapter 4 ...... 111 Figure 4.1 Aerial view of experimental glasshouse at AgResearch Invermay facility ...... 120 Figure 4.2 Bumblebee hive boxes setup in glasshouse ...... 121 Figure 4.3 Schematic representation of the experimental arrangement in glasshouse ...... 122 Figure 4.4 Photo of experimental flower arrays ...... 122 Figure 4.5 Close up photo of experimental flower array ...... 123 Figure 4.6 Photo of glasshouse setup (HB+BB side) ...... 124 Figure 4.7 Overhead photos of full flower arrays and half flower arrays ...... 127 Figure 4.8 Experiment 1: Boxplots of temperature and light by side ...... 130 Figure 4.9 Experiment 1: Scatterplots of bumblebee foragers by abiotic conditions ...... 130 Figure 4.10 Experiment 1: Scatterplots of honey bee foragers by abiotic conditions ...... 131 Figure 4.11 Experiment 2: Boxplots of temperature and light by side ...... 132 Figure 4.12 Experiment 2: Scatterplots of bumblebee foragers by abiotic conditions ...... 133 Figure 4.13 Experiment 2: Scatterplots of honey bee foragers by abiotic conditions ...... 133 Figure 4.14 Experiment 1: Daily maxima of bee foraging activity per time point ...... 135 Figure 4.15 Experiment 1: Boxplots of bumblebee foragers by side ...... 135 Figure 4.16 Experiment 1: Boxplots of bumblebee activity by time and date ...... 136 Figure 4.17 Experiment 1: Boxplots of honey bee activity by time and date ...... 137

xi

Table of contents

Figure 4.18 Experiment 2: Daily maxima of bee foraging activity per time point ...... 139 Figure 4.19 Experiment 2: Boxplots of bumblebee foragers by side ...... 139 Figure 4.20 Experiment 2: Boxplots of bumblebee activity by time and date ...... 140 Figure 4.21 Experiment 2: Boxplots of honey bee activity by time and date ...... 141 Figure 4.22 Experiment 1: Boxplots of bumblebee foragers by side and treatment ...... 142 Figure 4.23 Experiment 2: Boxplots of bumblebee foragers by side and treatment ...... 143

Appendix B ...... 200 Figure B2.1 Aerial view of plots 1A and 1B ...... 200 Figure B2.2 Aerial view of plots 2A and 2B ...... 200 Figure B2.3 Aerial view of plots 3A and 3B ...... 201 Figure B2.4 Spider graph of Jaccard indices of plot similarities ...... 202 Figure B2.5 Floral Effort Index score of flowering plant species ...... 203 Figure B2.6 Floral Impact score of flowering plant species ...... 204

Appendix C ...... 210 Figure C3.1 Temperatures by cloud cover for early field seasons ...... 210 Figure C3.2 Temperatures by cloud cover for late field season ...... 210

xii

Chapter 1

General introduction

Note: Parts of this chapter appear in the journal AMBIO (Iwasaki et al. 2015; Appendix A) Chapter 1 General introduction

This thesis addresses the question of whether or not introduced bees may currently have significant impacts on New Zealand native bees via competition for resources. Bee competition is examined in the context of available resources, and the shared use of those resources. In the context of honey bee competition with other bees, the negative impact of the parasitic mite Varroa destructor (Anderson and Trueman) on feral honey bee populations is discussed. How different bees utilise resources and overlap in their resource use can inform on current bee community ecology in New Zealand and the potential impacts of greater numbers of honey bees presently and formerly. In this chapter, I will explore the background of inter-specific bee competition, their ecological and economic importance, and the potential issues arising from disease impacts on bee populations in general, and in New Zealand specifically.

Insects: A linkage to plant ecology

Insects are a diverse group of invertebrates, composing the majority of all described species. They thrive on every continent and play important roles in ecology. Entomologist E.O. Wilson has referred to insects as “the little things that run the world,” owing to their vast numbers and integral function in many ecological systems (Wilson 1987). Their diversity has been estimated to lie between 3 million and as many as 80 million species (Wilson 1987; Gullan & Cranston 2005; Triplehorn & Johnson 2005). The diversity of beetles alone inspired J.B.S. Haldane to quip that “God shows an inordinate ‘fondness’ for beetles” (Gould 1993). Insects play particularly important roles in plant ecology, both in mutualistic and antagonistic relationships. The majority of plant species have insect associations, and thus have had a related co-evolutionary development (Gullan & Cranston 2005).

Angiosperm pollination

Most embryophytic plant species (land-dwelling plants) belong to the flowering plants, the angiosperms (Crepet & Niklas 2009). Of these flowering plants, up to 90% rely on pollination by an intermediary, particularly insects (Kearns et al. 1998). Angiosperms originated and quickly diversified during the Cretaceous period (145 – 66 million years ago). Today they include at least 260 000 living species (Soltis & Soltis 2004).

Much of the success of angiosperms may be related to increased pollination efficiency by insect pollinators (Crepet 2008). Pollination involves the transfer of pollen from the male to female part of the flower and can be accomplished by abiotic or biotic factors (Jones & Little

2

Chapter 1 General introduction

1983; Proctor & Yeo 1997). Wind pollination was the earliest form of pollination to evolve, where pollen simply floats from male to female flowers (Proctor & Yeo 1997). The gymnosperms, mainly conifers, are highly successful primarily utilising this method.

Animals are attracted to flowers for the nutrient content of both the nectar and pollen. The energetic cost to plants of pollen and nectar being consumed as food sources is balanced by the reproductive benefits of a reliable, efficient, point to point pollen vector (Jones & Little 1983). Of the insects, Coleoptera (beetles), Diptera (flies), Lepidoptera (moths and butterflies), and (bees, wasps, ants) are the main anthophilous (flower visiting) groups, as well as being the four most speciose insect orders (Gullan & Cranston 2005; Triplehorn & Johnson 2005). The evolution of pollination relationships with insects has seemingly correlated with a dramatic radiation in flowering plant diversity (Crepet 2008). These relationships conferred the benefit of increased efficiency by creating species-specific pollen pickup and deposition. Relationships with insects also allowed for pollination to occur where wind pollination would be ineffective (Gullan & Cranston 2005). Comparative studies of plant speciation and pollination suggest that pollination increased the rate of plant diversification (Kay & Sargent 2009).

Bees: Keystone pollinators

Bees (Hymenoptera: Apoidea) are assumed to be the most important group of pollinators, as nearly all rely on flowers for food (obligately anthophilous). Bees are thought to have evolved in Africa from a group of ancestral wasps (Lomholdt 1982; Danforth & Sipes 2006). Fossils of nearly modern bees appear in amber from at least 74 million years ago, reflecting a more ancient origin to perhaps as old as 140 million years (Michener & Grimaldi 1988; Gullan & Cranston 2005; Danforth et al. 2013). Although beetles are believed to be the earliest insects to pollinate flowering plants beginning in the early Cretaceous, bees evolved a pollinating lifestyle as a result of their reliance on pollen as a protein source for their larvae (Michener 2000; Waser & Ollerton 2006).

Bees are perhaps the most well-known group of pollinating insects. Multiple species have been domesticated independently by humans in Africa, South America, and Eurasia for their stored honey (O’Toole & Raw 2004). In addition to honey production, bees play particularly important pollinating roles in agriculture, and are generally regarded as essential for maintaining food security (Klein et al. 2007). There are over 16 000 described species of

3

Chapter 1 General introduction bees, with the vast majority being solitary species (Michener 2000). Several degrees of sociality have evolved, ranging from solitary (short, seasonal lives, provisioning individual cells with pollen and nectar, and laying a single egg) to eusocial (co-operative brood care, division of labour, overlapping generations of adults) (O’Toole & Raw 2004). As a whole, bees have evolved complex and dynamic life histories centred on collecting pollen and nectar, fortuitously facilitating plant reproduction (Michener 2000).

Pollination services and the decline of pollinators

Pollination services provided by insects have a worldwide economic value estimated to be at least US$215 billion per year (Gallai et al. 2009). Of specific importance is the role insects play in agriculture, where over 35% of global crops are dependent on pollination by wild and managed bees (Klein et al. 2007). The most relied upon pollinator for agriculture is the Western honey bee (Apis mellifera Linnaeus), including both wild and domesticated stocks (Potts et al. 2010). The pollination services provided by wild bees are conservatively estimated between $117 – 196 billion per (Costanza et al. 1997; Potts et al. 2010). While much attention is focused on commercial honey bees, pollination by wild bees (including feral honey bees) has been found to be complementary to that of managed honey bees in over 40 crop systems in 19 countries including Australia and New Zealand (Garibaldi et al. 2013). These wild bees provide ecosystem services that are free, efficient, and independent of managed bees (Ricketts 2004). Other insects, such as flies, are also important pollinators and are gaining more attention for the contributions they provide (Rader et al. 2016).

Over the last 40 years there has been a documented decline in bee populations worldwide causing concern regarding future food security and pollination relationships (Yang & Cox- Foster 2007; Kremen et al. 2007). Wild bee populations are increasingly under threat due to a combination of land use intensification, pesticides, and diseases (Kluser & Peduzzi 2007; Potts et al. 2010). The magnitude of trends worldwide varies, but much of the concern has been driven by reductions in honey bee populations in the United States and bumblebees in Europe (Ghazoul 2005; Potts et al. 2010). Information on pollinator decline is limited to highly visible taxa such as honey bees, bumblebees, and butterflies (Van Swaay et al. 2008; Goulson et al. 2008; Williams & Osborne 2009). How solitary bees and other less charismatic pollinators have declined in comparison is less well understood (Potts et al. 2010).

4

Chapter 1 General introduction

The increasing per capita demand for crops reliant on insect pollination, reliance on one managed pollinator species, and global losses of unmanaged pollinators all have major implications on food security and pollinator networks (Aizen et al. 2008; Aizen & Harder 2009). In ecological systems, robust pollinator networks offer resilience and stability when individual pollinator species are lost. Native bees for example, have the potential to provide a buffer in pollination services where honey bees are lost (Winfree et al. 2007). Long term declines of pollinators can affect the stability of plant-pollinator relationships, which may in turn affect the stability of pollination of agriculture and ecosystems (Burkle et al. 2013). Major disruptions, particularly losses of keystone pollinators, may cause sudden collapses of these networks (Kaiser-Bunbury et al. 2010). Understanding these relationships can inform on management steps to offset the decline of pollinators and maintain pollinator networks.

Habitat fragmentation and loss

Habitat fragmentation and the associated loss of host plants are likely to be the most significant factor in declining pollinator abundances (Brown & Paxton 2009; Scheper et al. 2014). Food resource availability is potentially the most important contributor to regulating bee populations (Roulston & Goodell 2011), and the loss of preferred host plant species has been strongly associated with the decline of bees dependant on those species (Scheper et al. 2014).

Brown and Paxton (2009) outlined prioritising habitat conservation and maintaining native plant diversity near agricultural landscapes as the most important strategies for protecting pollinator communities. Native bee populations are often reliant on diverse habitat types not associated with agricultural crops (Wood & Goulson 2017). Habitats supporting diverse bee populations are integral for robust pollination networks and services for agriculture (Ricketts et al. 2008; Garibaldi et al. 2013). As communities shift with climate change, preserving diverse habitat can also help ensure refuges exist for species sensitive to particular climate niches (Williams et al. 2007). In the face of increasing human impact, the recognition of the benefits from non-managed pollinators highlights the importance of conserving diverse habitats.

Pesticides

Pesticides are widely targeted by the public and media as significant contributors to pollinator decline. The effects of different pesticides can vary substantially between particular pollinator

5

Chapter 1 General introduction groups (Thompson & Hunt 1999). Pesticides need not be lethal, as sub-lethal effects can still negatively affect individuals and populations (Morandin & Winston 2005). The combination of sub-lethal effects from multiple pesticides may act synergistically to further harm pollinator populations (Gill et al. 2012).

One particular class of insecticides, neonicotinoids, had partial restrictions enacted on their usage in the European Union in 2013 in the wake of concerns for pollinators. Neonicotinoids were introduced in the 1990’s and have become the most widespread class of pesticide in use (Wood & Goulson 2017). Neonicotinoids are of concern for their ability to affect non-target organisms (Frewin et al. 2014), and their potential for persistence in the environment (Simon- Delso et al. 2015). They have been implicated directly in honey bee fatalities (Bortolotti et al. 2009; Pistorius et al. 2009), as well as negatively impacting bumblebee development (Whitehorn et al. 2012).

Reviews by Godfray et al. (2014, 2015) on laboratory studies of neonicotinoids found that neonicotinoids generally have consistent sub-lethal effects on bees which negatively affect development, metabolism, memory, learning, and behaviour. Studies in the field were less conclusive, but often found negative effects of neonicotinoid exposure on multiple bee species. Research since the moratorium in 2013 have not absolved neonicotinoids of their potential harm, but rather increased concerns of their widespread availability in the environment and potential effects on bees. The effects on other pollinator taxa are less understood, but as their contributions to pollination are significant, these effects should be better researched (Wood & Goulson 2017). While pesticides may not be directly responsible for bee decline, their effects may exacerbate conditions that threaten bee populations.

Varroa destructor: A threat to honey bees

Honey bee populations in particular face multiple threats worldwide (Williams et al. 2010; Rosenkranz et al. 2010; Mondet et al. 2014; McMenamin & Genersch 2015); among the most significant are the parasitic varroa mite, Varroa destructor, and its associated viruses. Varroa mites reproduce within honey bee brood cells and feed on the haemolymph of the bee. In the absence of controls, infestations typically result in colony death within four years, although colonies may succumb in as little as eight months (Rosenkranz et al. 2010).

New Zealand and Australia were the last major beekeeping countries free of this parasitic mite until the year 2000, when varroa mites were discovered in honey bee colonies near

6

Chapter 1 General introduction

Auckland in the North Island of New Zealand (Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry 2002a). This incursion marked the start of varroa’s invasion in New Zealand (Figure 1.1). Varroa has since spread throughout both main islands, reaching the southernmost South Island regions in the last few years (Ministry for Primary Industries 2013). Only offshore areas such as the Chatham Islands, 800 km to the east of the South Island of New Zealand, remain without varroa, leaving Australia as the last major beekeeping country in the world reportedly free of this destructive honey bee parasite (Mark & Cliff 2001; Cunningham et al. 2002). Even with current methods of controlling varroa there are risks of resistance to treatment, and increasing costs to agriculture and apiarists (Mark & Cliff 2001).

Figure 1.1 Establishment of zones of control and subsequent spread of Varroa destructor in New Zealand since 2000. Source: Figure 3 in Iwasaki et al. (2015).

7

Chapter 1 General introduction

Bees of New Zealand

The first studies of New Zealand bees began in the 1840’s during the voyages of the H.M.S. Erebus and H.M.S. Terror. Between 1853 and the early 1900’s, more descriptions were made, but it was not until T.D.A. Cockerell’s work (1904 – 1936) that the was clarified (Donovan 2007 p16). Michener (1965) was responsible for the next major revision of regional bee groups, condensing several genera into three. Since then B. J. Donovan has worked with native bees over the last 30 years, describing and clarifying the national bee taxonomy (Donovan 2007, 2016; Donovan & Maynard 2010).

As of 2016 there are 42 described bee species in New Zealand (Donovan 2007, 2016; Donovan & Maynard 2010) (Appendix A, Table A1.1). Of the 28 native species, most are generalists and have been recorded visiting a diverse array of flowers in at least 67 plant families (45 native, 22 introduced). Native bees are solitary, short-tongued (proboscis) species in the families Colletidae and . There are seven introduced species from Europe, two from North America, six recently established introduced species from Australia (likely human-assisted), one species also present in Australia (likely self-introduced), and 27 endemic species. The most speciose native genera are Leioproctus, with 18 species, followed by Hylaeus (6), and Lasioglossum (4). Five Australian species (Leioproctus launcestonensis, Hylaeus asperithorax, H. perhumilis, Hyleoides concinna, Euryglossina proctrorypoides) are present, potentially accidentally introduced by importation of plant-based nesting materials.

Honey bees (Apis mellifera) were introduced in 1839 for honey production, and four bumblebee species were introduced in the 1880’s for red clover pollination (Bombus terrestris, B. ruderatus, B. hortorum, B. subterraneus). Honey bees and bumblebees possess medium length tongues that are able to access floral rewards of clover, whereas short tongued native bees typically cannot (Donovan 1980). These introduced social bees have thus played an important role in the pollination of horticultural and agricultural crops since their introduction (Huryn 1995; Howlett & Donovan 2010). Honey bees in New Zealand utilise nearly all flowering plants present (Donovan 2007 p163), and are critical for the pollination of orchard crops. Bumblebees by contrast have a much more restricted floral repertoire, focusing on introduced plant species, and play important roles in clover pollination in pasture (Howlett & Donovan 2010). In the early 1970’s, the bee species Nomia melanderi and Megachile rotundata were imported from North America and Europe for pollination of lucerne. In 1996, Osmia coerulescens was introduced from Europe for the pollination of red

8

Chapter 1 General introduction clover. The most recently introduced bee species to arrive in New Zealand is the solitary European wool-carder bee (Anthidium manicatum), detected on the North Island in 2006 (Donovan 2007 p140; Soper & Beggs 2013). While native bees have more restricted seasonal abundances compared to social bees, they have been observed as consistent visitors to agricultural fields in New Zealand, offering substantial pollination services in conjunction with introduced bees for agricultural pollination (Rader et al. 2009, 2012).

Pollination in New Zealand

New Zealand has a unique biogeographical history, originating from the ancient supercontinent of Gondwanaland and being isolated since the Cretaceous period before being further isolated by marine submergence during the Oligocene epoch (33.9 – 23 mya) (Laird & Bradshaw 2004). While the extent of submergence of ancestral New Zealand (Zealandia) is a matter of debate (Waters & Craw 2006; Knapp et al. 2007; Landis et al. 2008; Conran et al. 2014; Scott et al. 2014), certain geographical features of New Zealand, such as high mountains, have only been a part of the landscape for the last 5 million years and many species present today represent lineages of recent arrivals from Australia and elsewhere (Wardle 1978).

Pollination systems in New Zealand have been characterised by Newstrom & Robertson (2005) as “having low rates of self-incompatibility and a lack of specialised pollination, as well as little pollinator dependence.” Some widespread characters of native plant species include small, simple flowers; separate sexes (dioecy); fleshy fruit; a high preponderance of perennials; and masting (high periodicity in seeding) events. Flowers in New Zealand have been generalised to be simple and relatively unspecialised, traits associated with generalist pollinator syndromes (Primack 1978). Pollination by insects with unspecialised plant relationships is relatively more common in New Zealand. Flowers of indigenous plants are mostly open-access, directed-access (tubular), and often are present on compact inflorescences (Lloyd 1985). This is in contrast to the nearest neighbouring large land mass, Australia, where there is a profusion of complex floral morphology and a high diversity of pollinators (Lloyd 1985).

The most pollen dependent anthophilous (flower frequenting) insects, the bees, are poorly represented in New Zealand in terms of species diversity. Nevertheless, the majority of pollination syndromes can be described as a generalist bee-pollinated “small bee syndrome,”

9

Chapter 1 General introduction which includes other visitors of similar functional groups, particularly flies (Newstrom & Robertson 2005). The lack of a diverse pollinator fauna may have imposed constraints on evolutionary pathways for more varied floral morphologies in New Zealand (Webb & Kelly 1993). Primack (1978) examined factors of pollination in alpine New Zealand and concluded that pollination systems are largely opportunistic and unspecialised, where “flowers are visited by whatever pollinators are immediately available.” Contrary to previous assumptions, recent studies of pollination by native bees have found bees to be more selective in floral preferences and more efficient pollinators than flies (Lord 2008; Bischoff et al. 2013).

While insects are thought to be the most important pollinators in New Zealand, other notable pollinators include birds, bats, and lizards. New Zealand’s avifauna were likely abundant and effective pollinators prior to severe population declines following human settlement (Anderson 2003). Although potentially significant, bird pollination is thought to be relatively less important in New Zealand than Australia, as ornithophilous floral morphology is attributed to roughly 1% of flowers compared to 15% in Australia; and many flowers visited by birds are also adequately pollinated by insects (Lloyd 1985; Newstrom & Robertson 2005).

New Zealand has two species of bats, one of which (Mystacina tuberculate) exhibits nectar feeding adaptations on its tongue. While significant pollination relationships are associated with bats in other parts of the world, their relative rarity in New Zealand may limit their contribution to pollination. In addition, flowers that are thought to be morphologically specialised for bat pollination are not found in New Zealand (Newstrom & Robertson 2005).

Gecko species in New Zealand visit flowers and utilise nectar resources, as well as disperse seeds (Whitaker 1987). While geckos are thought to be inefficient pollinators and are often destructive in their visits, some experiments have shown geckos on islands to be potentially effective pollinators (Traveset & Sáez 1997; Olesen & Valido 2003). However, no lizard specific pollination syndromes have been described (Newstrom & Robertson 2005).

Effects of introduced social bees on native bees in New Zealand

Introduced social bees have expanded their ranges throughout the country since their introduction and have been recorded foraging extensively on a diverse array of native and

10

Chapter 1 General introduction introduced plant species (Donovan 2007 p180-197). In Australia, evidence suggests that honey bees compete with native bees for resources (Paini 2004). While Australia has a much higher diversity of bees than New Zealand (over 1 600 vs. 42 described), the native bee assemblage in New Zealand belong to families (Colletidae, Halictidae) found in Australia (Donovan 2007 p41-42; Batley & Hogendoorn 2009). Although native bees are often present in higher densities than honey bees (Huryn 1995), whether or not honey bees compete with native species in New Zealand has not been experimentally demonstrated.

Effects of varroa in New Zealand

The significant decline of large numbers of feral honey bee populations following varroa invasion could leave native bees with a higher proportion of resources, and thus positively affect native bee populations through increased resource availability. Consequently, plant- pollinator networks and pollination services in New Zealand may currently be in a state of flux, highlighting the opportunity and need for ecological research in these areas. Native bee species may have the potential to offset honey bee ecosystem service losses across New Zealand (Rader et al. 2012). However, the shorter seasonal abundance and short tongue length of native bees compared with introduced bees casts doubt on the ability of native bees to compensate completely for the loss of honey bees. While experiments on pollination by unmanaged pollinators (including native bees) have been conducted in New Zealand, with positive results for some crops such as Brassica rapa (L.) (Rader et al. 2009), a greater understanding of the importance of non-Apis pollinators is required.

The economic impact of varroa to New Zealand’s agricultural economy were estimated to be between NZ$365 – 661 million calculated for an indicative 35-year time span (Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry 2002b) The effects were predicted to be felt most directly by the agricultural industries that utilise pollination both from managed and feral honey bees. In addition to direct losses, the number of managed hives was expected to decrease as the number of hobbyist beekeepers declined due to the increased hive mortality and additional costs of maintenance. However, after V. destructor invaded New Zealand, the number of registered hives actually remained steady, but the number of registered beekeeping enterprises collapsed by half and has not completely recovered 15 years later (Ministry for Primary Industries 2014). On both islands, pastoral impacts were estimated to account for 78% of costs, horticultural and arable 15%, and beekeeping approximately 7% (Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry 2002b). Sectors affected and examples of increasing costs include:

11

Chapter 1 General introduction

1) the pastoral sector; with increased costs associated with the need for increases in nitrogen fertiliser application due to a reduction of pollination and the subsequent decrease in seed set of nitrogen-fixing plants (i.e., clover), clover reseeding, and associated production loss; 2) horticultural and arable sectors, with increases in pollination charges and reductions in crop yields, increases in numbers of hives per hectare to replace lost pollinators, increases in pollination costs due to higher demand, and associated reductions in crop yields; 3) the beekeeping sector, with increased management costs, increases in pollination rental fees, reduction in small scale bee keepers, and increases in the number of pollinator hives supplied to the arable sector (Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry 2000, 2002b).

Potential effects on bumblebees and native bees

In economic assessments of the impact of honey bee decline in pastoral settings, bumblebees (Bombus spp.) have been considered as compensating pollinators, particularly for clover. However, their populations may also be at risk from the spread of varroa (Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry 2000). Bumblebees are not directly susceptible to varroa (Carvell 2002), but there is a potential link in the form of Deformed Wing Virus (DWV), which also infects bumblebees (Genersch et al. 2006). Deformed Wing Virus is a potentially fatal virus transmitted by V. destructor, acting synergistically to cause multiple physical deformations (Genersch et al. 2006). The spread of DWV in honey bee populations in Europe and North America has been closely linked to varroa infestation (L Wilfert, G. Long, H.C. Leggett, S.J.M Martin, P. Schmid-Hempel, R.K. Butlin 2016). The same seems to be true in New Zealand, where the prevalence of honey bees infected with DWV has been shown to be greater in areas with a longer history of varroa presence, closely following the invasion front (Mondet et al. 2014). In European bee communities, DWV in bumblebee populations has been shown to correlate with presence of DWV in honey bees, strongly suggesting pathogen spill over (Genersch et al. 2006; Fürst et al. 2014). The role of clover as a nitrogen-fixer reduces the need for fertilisation of pasture (Ledgard et al. 2001), and if additional nitrogen fertilisation is required for New Zealand’s agricultural economy, there will be greater costs both economically and environmentally (Barnett & Pauling 2005). The additional problems with increases in fertiliser applications may also exacerbate the current concerns over the impacts of eutrophication in New Zealand aquatic ecosystems (Parliamentary Commissioner for the Environment 2013).

12

Chapter 1 General introduction

Native solitary bees are likewise not affected by varroa directly. However, solitary bee species are able to be infected by honey bee viruses when in proximity to apiaries (Ravoet et al. 2014). If similar interactions are occurring in New Zealand, there may be major implications in terms of additional costs for the economy from reductions in compensatory pollination of clover by bumblebees and for other crops from native bees.

While alterations in plant-pollinator networks and pollination services resulting from the establishment of varroa in New Zealand are already cause for concern, bumblebee losses due to Deformed Wing Virus would further exacerbate the problem. Novel diseases introduced to the native solitary bee community may have additional consequences by altering pollinator syndromes if bee abundances change. Effects on bee populations from disease may result in more complex community changes and greater economic losses than originally thought. The detection of DWV and diseases associated with this virus in non-Apis bees (Genersch et al. 2006), is a key example of potentially unforeseen secondary effects of varroa invasion.

Around the world many biological invasions have negatively affected native plant and animal communities. Further, the spread of novel parasites and pathogens and the use of pesticides can have severe impacts on pollinator species that may have significant unforeseen consequences decades later (Fürst et al. 2014; Wood & Goulson 2017). The response of native pollinator communities to the spread of a parasite and novel viruses is poorly known in the New Zealand context.

Thesis objectives

This thesis aims to examine competitive interactions, resource partitioning, and the potential consequences of differential pollination of native and introduced plants between honey bees, bumblebees, and native bees. This thesis also aims to examine the potential for ecological release of native bees from introduced bees (particularly honey bees) in the context of the introduction of the varroa mite and the consequent reduction in feral honey bee populations. This thesis discusses the potential for resource competition based on behavioural responses, resource overlap, and differential floral preferences by analysing real and artificial floral usage in field and experimental glasshouse conditions. The main questions addressed are:

13

Chapter 1 General introduction

1. What is the relative spatial and temporal availability of potential floral resources available for pollinator communities? (Chapter 2)

2. Do introduced and native bees overlap in resource utilisation, and if so, do introduced bees displace native bees? (Chapter 3)

3. Does the presence of foraging honey bees reduce foraging by bumblebees via direct or indirect displacement? Does the response change when resource quantity is decreased or quality is increased? (Chapter 4)

Floral resources are often difficult to quantify, and accurate estimates generally involve a trade-off between sampling effort and detail (Szigeti et al. 2016). Chapter 2 explores the relative resource availability at study sites in different habitats and over seasons in an area of New Zealand where previous research has been conducted on pollinator-host plant relationships over several years. First, by undertaking a census of plant species, then by quantifying their relative abundances. Census and abundance information is used to create a series of detailed metrics for the potential resource availability for bees based on the timing of floral availability. The relative resource availability metric is then used in analyses of bee floral choices in Chapter 3.

Chapter 3 examines of resource utilisation observed in the field involving native and introduced bees foraging on a variety of plant species over the same seasons that were studied in Chapter 2. The specific floral preferences by native and introduced bees and their respective pollination role are explored, as well as the potential for resource overlap as a result of shared preferences. The potential for displacement of native bees by introduced honey bees is also examined under field conditions. If native bees and introduced bees overlap in resources, they may have the potential for resource competition (Paini 2004; Paini & Roberts 2005). If bees have different specific resource preferences, even if generally overlapping, it may be evidence for resource partitioning (Westphal et al. 2006). Determining the degree of overlap and generalisation may provide evidence for or against competition

14

Chapter 1 General introduction between introduced and native bee taxa. By integrating resource abundance estimates (Chapter 2) with bee observations, I analysed the relative preferences for each bee taxon in relation to their usage, and discussed the respective potential for competition.

Chapter 4 examines competitive interactions between the most abundant social bee species in New Zealand: The Western honey bee (Apis mellifera) and buff-tailed bumblebee (Bombus terrestris). Bumblebees and honey bees often utilise similar plant species and studies suggest that there are varying degrees of negative impacts on bumblebees by honey bees (Thomson 2004; Paini 2004; Goulson & Sparrow 2009; Elbgami et al. 2014). Experiments carried out in a large controlled glasshouse facility provided consistent semi-natural conditions to examine the potential for competitive interactions between the two bee species, as native bees were unable to be included in the experiment. By examining the behaviour of bumblebees foraging with and without honey bees, the potential for competition by honey bees as a result of displacement or monopolisation of resources was examined.

Chapter 5 is a discussion of the results and conclusions from previous chapters, and an outline of future research needs to fill the gaps in the current understanding of pollinator assemblages and their potential changes in New Zealand.

15

Chapter 2

Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Introduction

At least 80% of flowering plants rely on other organisms for pollen transfer (Ollerton et al. 2011), with the majority being pollinated by insects (Crepet 2008). Pollination by insects is advantageous due to potentially large numbers of direct visitors to flowers, and many insect groups are dependent on pollen for nutrition (Herrera 1996). Floral visitation patterns by pollinating have been important drivers of plant selection over evolutionary timescales (Fenster et al. 2004). Hypotheses on how these relationships influence the evolution of flower morphology can be traced back to historical observations by naturalists such as Kölreuter, Sprengel, and Darwin, who posited on the interactions between visitors and floral characteristics (Darwin 1862; Fenster et al. 2004). Their descriptions of specialised morphologies of both flowers and animal counterparts are often used as examples of the close co-evolutionary relationships between plants and pollinators.

Components of floral resources

In order to monitor the status of pollinators and understand pollination systems it is crucial to elucidate the factors that contribute to a robust pollinator community. The most important component of pollinator community health are likely to be available floral resources (Roulston & Goodell 2011). Floral resources utilised by pollinators generally comprise nectar, pollen, and in a few cases, specialised oils (Goulson 1999). Different flower species may have different resource qualities. The quality of nectar may vary based on sugar concentration and quantity produced. In the course of a flower’s functional life span, nectar production may also fluctuate significantly (Nicolson et al. 2007). The quality of pollen resources varies depending on the number of pollen grains and the nutritional composition of starches and proteins (Robertson et al. 1999). Flower size, structure, and abundance will also influence the availability of pollen and nectar resources (Nicolson et al. 2007). Finally, the duration of flowering will dictate how long those resources are available. The timing and length of the flowering period varies based on factors including climate (and related factors: temperature, precipitation, wind, photo period), local pollinators, and evolutionary constraints (Primack 1985; Li et al. 2016).

Floral reward quality is important for determining overall attractiveness to pollinators, although floral reward quality may only affect attractiveness to a certain point (Carvalheiro et al. 2014). Sugar content per flower may have diminishing returns in regards to attractiveness above certain thresholds, reflecting the role of floral abundance for predicting the strength of

17

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality plant-pollinator interactions. Carvalheiro (et al. 2014) found the diminishing attractiveness of increasing sugar concentrations especially pronounced for bees, but not for other plant visitors such as flies. Resource availability, accessibility, and phylogeny can also influence how plant communities are affected by pollinators (Carvalheiro et al. 2014; Rosas-Guerrero et al. 2014). Different plant species can alter existing pollination networks by offering higher quality rewards and being disproportionately attractive to floral visitors compared to other plant species in the area. For example, in central Europe, flowers of Impatiens glandulifera (Royle, Balsaminaceae) offer greater nectar rewards than other flowers from local plant species. Bumblebee species in particularly are drawn to I. glandulifera and away from other species. The result is a reduction in seed set in neighbouring plants due to changes in pollinator preference (Chittka & Schürkens 2001). Understanding the relative floral attractiveness of a plant species and the preferences of pollinators is important for predicting the impacts of changing plant abundances within a community (Carvalheiro et al. 2014). The subsequent effects of these network changes are important for interpreting the relative role of particular plant species, maintaining ecosystem services provided by insects, or for protecting at-risk species of both plants and pollinators (Carvalheiro et al. 2008; Wratten et al. 2012).

Quantifying floral resources

Various methods have been used for quantifying floral resource availability for floral visitors in plant communities. Plant species richness (the number of plant species) alone without measurements of actual resource quality has been used where plant diversity is thought to be a significant contributor to floral attractiveness (Kitahara et al. 2008). Other proxies for visitor preferences such as pollen loads on bees, or pollen distribution in honey, have been used for indirectly quantifying resource usage patterns without observing foraging behaviour (Hinners & Hjelmroos-Koski 2009). Szigeti et al. (2016) found that a wide range of methods of floral resource measurement had been used in pollination studies but there was no consistent methodology. In the review of 158 studies, descriptions of sampling methodology are noted as often lacking in specific details and justifications. As a result of unclear methodology, the replication of studies and the ability to conduct meta-analyses are often significantly hampered (Mortelliti et al. 2010). General metrics that can be quickly and repeatedly estimated may be more accurate and feasible to collect than comprehensive sampling of resource quality that may have high variability (Tepedino & Stanton 1982; Zimmerman & Pleasants 1982). In studies of pollinator interactions, floral abundance is a commonly used metric for determining resource availability, and thus pollinator usage

18

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

(Szigeti et al. 2016). Vegetation height is often correlated with floral abundance as well, highlighting the importance of integrating the vertical dimensionality of floral resources (Milberg et al. 2016).

In general, key factors such as sampling interval, quantification of quality, and abundance estimates should be specifically tailored to address the particular study question. Quantification of floral resources often use floral density for comparisons of floral resource availability. This approach works well for local floral visitation in homogeneous landscapes, but becomes more difficult and potentially misleading when assessing foraging patterns across heterogeneous landscapes (Benadi et al. 2014; Szigeti et al. 2016). Homogeneous floral patches may be preferable for pollinators, but these distributions can bias attractiveness relative to plant communities which are dispersed heterogeneously (Hegland & Boeke 2006).

The density of flowers can be estimated by extrapolating the number of floral units per unit area. However, extrapolations to large heterogeneous landscapes make accurate estimations difficult. At smaller scales, extrapolations of floral resource measurements such as floral abundance (and pollen and nectar quantity if possible) to an entire sampling area can yield relatively accurate estimates of resource availability (Hegland & Totland 2005; Szigeti et al. 2016). Szigleti et al. (2016) concluded in their review of methods of measuring floral resource availability that, like many other sampling methods, there is a “trade-off between spatio-temporal resolution and coverage of sampling.” For that reason, attempts to quantify floral resources at a landscape scale or nationally have rarely been attempted (Baude et al. 2016). Baude et al. (2016) modelled changes in floral resource availability at a national level across the United Kingdom over time by integrating historical plant census data, phenological information, known nectar quantities of specific flowers, and land use changes over time. Ideally, integrated studies that incorporate as many metrics as possible have the best accuracy for estimating floral resources, but these data are not always feasible to collect.

Seasonal variation is an important aspect of resource quantification for long term monitoring. Unfortunately, many studies sample for only one season, which is problematic in terms of taking into account differences between years (Szigeti et al. 2016). Floral resources can vary significantly from season to season, and short term studies offer only an instantaneous assessment of that season (Westphal et al. 2008a; Alarcón et al. 2008). In addition to accounting for seasonal variations, long term data collected from sites across landscapes can inform on the trends and potential causes that underlie system shifts including changing

19

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality pollinator abundances, as well as the effects of land use change and subsequent alterations in habitat (Baude et al. 2016).

There are therefore few specific recommendations from the literature for methods to sample floral resources, and a wide variety of different methods have been used. These methods while generally similar, have not been consistently applied and generally encounter a trade- off in intensity of resource measurements with extent of sampling area over time (Frankl et al. 2005; Hegland et al. 2010; Szigeti et al. 2016). Szigeti et al. (2016) reiterated that the specific study question should inform on the most appropriate method for measuring resource availability. For this study, it was necessary to create a metric that integrated several methods for estimated floral abundance and density over a large area throughout multiple flowering seasons. This metric is then used for assessing the relative floral preferences of a pollinator community over time.

The Remarkables study area

The study site for this thesis was located in an area previously used for pollination research by Miller (2015) on The Remarkables, Central Otago, southern New Zealand. The Remarkables are part of a series of mountain ranges in the Otago Lakes region near Queenstown, adjacent to the Hector Mountains (Figure 2.1). The Remarkables have a relatively steep ascent from approximately 350 m in elevation at the shores of Lake Wakatipu to the highest point of 2 324 m at Double Cone, 6 kilometres away. The Remarkables ski field road was built across the north-eastern face to provide access to a ski field that opened in 1985, but is accessible year round for recreational use. Land cover at lower elevations (350 – 900 m) in the montane bioclimatic zone is composed of introduced grassland pasture that ascends to Matagouri ( Raoul) dominated shrublands. Higher elevations (from approximately 900 – 1 600 m) are dominated by tussock grasses in the genus Chionochloa and native shrubs such as Dracophyllum rosmarinifolium (Forst.f.) and Ozothamnus vauvilliersii (Homb. & Jacq.). Common native plants present on The Remarkables include herbaceous species such as those in the genera Celmisia and Ranunculus, distinctive species such as the speargrass Aciphylla1, and various cushion

1 The Aciphylla species at the study site has previously been referred to as A. aurea (W.R.B.Oliv.) (Miller 2015), but is likely to be an as of yet undescribed species (Alan Mark, personal communication, 2015). In this thesis the taxon is referred to with the tag name A. sp.‘lomondii’ to differentiate from A. aurea sensu stricto. Hereafter for the purposes of this thesis this taxon is referred to as Aciphilla lomondii. 20

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality species such as the composite genera Haastia and Raoulia (Mark & Bliss 1970; Darby et al. 2003).

While native plant communities are relatively undisturbed at higher elevations, introduced plant species have become established extensively along The Remarkables ski field road. Introduced plant species may outcompete native plants where introduced and are established at high elevation sites throughout the South Island (Wardle 1991). However, introduced plants may have less invasive potential at increasing elevations due to increasingly harsh conditions (Mark et al. 2011; Andersen et al. 2015). Introduced plant species are often associated with agricultural areas, implying that these species are physiologically adapted for more moderate conditions (Sax & Brown 2000). Many of the invaded areas on The Remarkables range are near to the ski field road and other sites of human disturbance, which may play significant roles in the spread of introduced species from lower elevations (Pauchard & Alaback 2004; Mark et al. 2011). The role that these additional introduced floral resources may play in regards to competition with native plant species has previously been examined by Miller (2015) in the context of pollinator choice, pollination networks, resource quality, and the potential for pollination limitation. This present study builds on that work by examining pollinator communities in regards to relative abundance, floral resource preference and overlap, and the subsequent potential for resource competition between native and introduced pollinators. How introduced and native bees compete for resources and the respective importance of flowers from native or introduced plant species has not yet been experimentally examined in New Zealand.

Summary and aims

Floral resources are important factors that influence pollinator visitation (Southwick et al. 1981; Michener 2000; Carvalheiro et al. 2014). Methods for estimating how pollinators utilise floral resources are often constrained by limited study objectives, and may overlook important factors such as floral abundance, landscape composition, resource quality, or temporal variation (Szigeti et al. 2016). In order to accurately estimate floral resources available for pollinators across a landscape, as many metrics as relevant should be utilised.

A study by Miller (2015) quantified pollen and nectar quality of several plant species during field studies at sites across an elevational gradient, and collected information on species

21

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality flowering times at the same sites for previous years. These sites have again been used in the present study to allow comparison with the previously collected data. While plant and pollinator abundances were not a specific focus of Miller (2015), presence/absence and phenological data were available for comparisons with data from this study. Local phenological characteristics for this study were further corroborated by flowering data for most species from Miller’s (2015) study at the same sites. Climatic conditions on The Remarkables are highly variable, thus comparisons with previous seasons’ data allowed for better assessment of likely patterns of both floral resources and pollinators (Miller 2015).

This chapter explores the diversity and abundances of native and introduced flowering species at three study sites along an elevational gradient on The Remarkables. Novel indices were created to quantify floral resources over the landscape using estimates of individual floral effort per plant species, the respective impact of each species floral resources extrapolated per plot from abundance, and the flowering phenology of each species during the study. The availability of floral resources for pollinators is quantified by establishing the relative flowering conditions over two field seasons between November 2014 and February 2016. The questions to be addressed are:

1. How does native and introduced plant species richness and abundance vary with elevation within the study area?

2. How do floral resources vary with elevation in the study area and how could this influence the pollinator community?

3. How does potential floral availability vary with elevation and how does floral availability change seasonally?

22

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Methods

The study area was located alongside The Remarkables ski field access road in The Remarkables Conservation Area and Rastus Burn Recreation Reserve (45° 3' 47.47" S, 168° 49' 2.57" E) on The Remarkables, a mountain range approximately 5 kilometres east from Queenstown, New Zealand on the eastern shore of Lake Wakatipu (Figure 2.1).

Figure 2.1 Clockwise from top-left (a) Satellite image of New Zealand with The Remarkables mountain range, South Island. (b) View of The Remarkables ski field road and field plots from the northeast with Queenstown airport, Frankton, and Lake Wakatipu in the background. (c) Close up aerial view of the arrangement of field plots used in this thesis along an elevational gradient adjacent the ski field road (Table 2.1).

23

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Three sites were selected along the road in order that they might have mixed communities of native and introduced plant species. Each site was approximately 1 km from the next along ski field road and 200 m higher in elevation. A pair of plots were established at each site to allow for one plot to remain as a control for bee displacement experiments. Plots were along approximately the same elevation but separated by at least 200 m (Table 2.1). Sites were all on northerly aspects facing north-west to north-north-east (Figure 2.1, Table 2.1).

Study sites were composed of six plots: 1A, 1B, 2A, 2B, 3A, 3B at increasing elevations (Table 2.1). Three of the plots (1A, 2A, 3A), were utilised in the previous Ph.D. study by Miller (2015) who quantified patterns of floral phenology for introduced and native plant species in the area. Paired plots were established for the purpose of experimental manipulations of honey bee hives at one plot with a paired control plot.

Table 2.1 Details for the six paired field plots on The Remarkables mountain range, Central Otago, southern New Zealand. Distances between plots were measured by satellite data using Google Earth Pro software (Google Inc., Mountain View, California). Road area refers to the area of non-vegetated gravel within the plots.

Plot 1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B

South (°) -45.02569 -45.025783 -45.02793 -45.02958 -45.03337 -45.03582

East (°) 168.78183 168.778547 168.38028 168.80394 168.80083 168.80064

Elevation (m) 930 900 1150 1130 1320 1350

Aspect NW NW N NE NNE NNE

Distance between pairs (m) 255 255 200 200 270 270

Plot area (m2) 11900 12300 12100 12000 15000 13200

Road area (m2) 1900 2100 1400 1400 4000 2200

Plot minus road area estimate (m2) 10000 10200 10700 10600 11000 11000

24

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Each plot was a polygon approximating 10 000 ± 1000 (liberal estimate) m2 in dimensions. Plots were irregularly shaped due to adjustments made for terrain access, uneven terrain, variation due to attempting to account for plant composition, and to standardise for road and adjacent road area (Appendix B: Figure B2.1, B2.2, B2.3). Although plot sizes were attempted to be standardised, error from uneven terrain confounded exact size. Effects from slight variations in area were likely minimal as the overall plot dimensions were relatively large and transects were standardised by time. The percentage of road included in each plot ranged between 11.5% and 26.5%, with the highest proportion at plot 3A due to a large car parking area (Table 2.1). Study plots with a large proportion of road area within were expanded so that the total vegetated area of each plot was consistent. Surveys were conducted during the first field season between November 2014 and April 2015, with an additional early field season between November 2015 and January 2016. Early field seasons 1 and 2 correspond to November (2014 – 2015) to January (2015 – 2016), while late field season 1 is from February to April 2015 (Table 2.2).

Table 2.2 Date period analogues to seasonal equivalents. Each date period lasted between 3 and 7 days. Seasons are defined from the climate glossary of the Australian Bureau of Meteorology (Bureau of Meteorology 2017).

Seasonal Field Date Period Comparisons Date Start Season Seasonal equivalents 1 8 20-11-14 Early 1 Late Spring 2 10 11-12-14 Early 1 Early Summer 3 11 06-01-14 Early 1 Mid-Summer 4 12 26-01-15 Early 1 Mid-Summer 5 15-02-15 Late 1 Late Summer 6 04-03-15 Late 1 Early Autumn 7 03-04-15 Late 1 Early Autumn 8 16-11-15 Early 2 Late Spring 9 01-12-15 Early 2 Early Summer 10 16-12-15 Early 2 Early Summer 11 05-01-16 Early 2 Mid-Summer 12 16-01-16 Early 2 Mid-Summer

25

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Quantification of floral availability

Floral species richness

Belt transects were conducted to survey floral visitors and simultaneously update data for plant species abundances and richness. Transects consisted of standardised 10 minute counts within plots starting from the centre area of the plot outwards in a randomly assigned bearing at a constant pace, with an optional additional transect starting from the end of the previous transect. When the edges of plots were encountered, the transect turned 45 degrees to stay within the plot. For surveys conducted the same day, starting directions were changed and overlap between transects was avoided. Transects varied in length based on terrain, and were approximately 2 m wide and no more than 100 m in length. All areas of the plots were visited where terrain allowed including road areas. When two people were conducting surveys during the same day, they alternated between plots. These methods are similar to established protocols like those used in insect and bee surveys conducted by Pollard (1977), Thomas (1983), Goulson et al. (2002), Westphal et al. (2008), and Lye et al. (2010). To establish plant diversity and abundance, a plant species census was conducted at the beginning of the field season for each plot by systematically surveying the plot and recording all plant species present and their relative abundances corresponding to a modified version of the DAFOR scale (Brodie 1985; Palmer et al. 1992; Sutherland 2006; Redhead et al. 2014), a widespread method for estimating cover and abundance. Plant species abundance based on the DAFOR scale was continually collected based on the frequency of encounters along belt transects. Abundances were categorised retrospectively based on the frequency of encounters over all surveys for all seasons. Flowering status was noted during surveys for each date period of sampling and categorised for each plant species. The predominant condition of flowering was categorised for each plant species as: 0: Mostly not flowering/completely finished; 0.5: Widespread budding or at least half of population either beginning or finishing flowering; 1: Widespread flowering.

In order to examine the collective abundances of plant species by functional group, species that provided floral resources were grouped into six categories based on family-level diversity and whether they were introduced or native. Three families comprised the majority of plant species richness (, Ericaceae, Fabaceae). Native and introduced Asteraceae were grouped separately. Ericaceae was represented by native species only in the study area and Fabaceae by introduced species only except for one species (Carmichaelia

26

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality monroi Hook.f.) which was categorised with ‘other native’ families. Remaining plant species were from families only represented by one or a few species and were grouped as either ‘introduced other’ or ‘native other. It is acknowledged that these groups do not represent monophyletic clades, however for the three largest families at least, the groups represent particular floral morphologies. Non-flowering and graminoid groups (i.e., grasses and grass- like flowering plants, conifers) were excluded as they were not visited by pollinators.

Plot plant species richness similarity was calculated using pairwise Jaccard indices to describe the floral overlap between plots. For a pair of plots the Jaccard index Jab = c/(c + d + e) is computed, where (a) is the number of plant species from plot one, (b) is the number of plant species in the plot two, (c) is the number of species found in both plot 1 and plot 2, while (d) and (e) are the number of species unique to plot one and two, respectively.

Floral resource metrics

Floral resource availability was assessed by combining metrics of potential floral resources (plant volume, species abundance, and flowering condition – flowering or not flowering) to quantify the floral resource availability per plant species per plot over time. These metrics are a novel addition to the field of floral resource assessment and unlike most other methods, integrate features from the level of the flower to the plant population. The metrics: Floral Effort Index, Floral Impact, and Plot Floral Availability, are explained fully below.

Floral Effort Index (FEI)

The Floral Effort Index (FEI) is equivalent to the floral density per plant and was calculated for each plant species. This index is independent of flowering phenology or species abundance and is a proxy for the potential flower density per plant based on botanical descriptions from the literature (i.e., published Floras) and field measurements. The formula utilises categories for flower size, inflorescence size, plant height, and plant width at the base (Table 2.3, 2.4). Plant height and flower number are often positively correlated, which makes height a necessary component for estimating floral resource abundances (Milberg et al. 2016). Plant, flower, and inflorescence sizes for morphological categories were taken from field measurements, Landcare Research New Zealand Flora website (New Zealand Flora 2017), and Mark (2012).

27

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Table 2.3 Table of floral morphology categories, scores for each, and descriptive criteria. Morphology Category Score Criteria Flower size class 1 single flower, < 1 cm wide 2 flower/Aster capitulum < 1 cm wide 3 flower/Aster capitulum between 1 – 3 cm 4 flower/Aster capitulum > 3 cm

Inflorescence category 1 single flower 2 multiples of individual flowers 3 aggregates/corymbs 4 large inflorescence < 1 m in length 5 very large inflorescence > 1 m in length

Plant height 1 < 10 cm 2 10 cm – 1 m 3 > 1 m

Plant width at base 1 < 10 cm 2 10 cm – 1 m 3 > 1 m

Specific and general formulae for the Floral Effort Index (FEI) with category classes:

퐅퐥퐨퐰퐞퐫 퐏퐨퐭퐞퐧퐭퐢퐚퐥: 퐹푙표푤푒푟 푆𝑖푧푒 퐶푙푎푠푠 (1 − 4) × 퐼푛푓푙표푟푒푠푐푒푛푐푒 퐶푎푡푒푔표푟푦 (1 − 5)

퐏퐥퐚퐧퐭 퐕퐨퐥퐮퐦퐞: 푃푙푎푛푡 퐻푒𝑖푔ℎ푡 (1 − 3) × 푃푙푎푛푡 푊𝑖푑푡ℎ (1 − 3)

푭풍풐풘풆풓 푷풐풕풆풏풕풊풂풍 Floral Effort Index (FEI) = 푷풍풂풏풕 푽풐풍풖풎풆

Floral Impact (FI)

The Floral Impact (FI) metric was calculated per plot and is independent of time. For each plant species, the established FEI (see previous section) was multiplied by 10DAFOR exponent, where ‘DAFOR exponent’ is the relative abundance score (1 – 5) on the DAFOR scale (Table 2.4). FI extrapolates the floral density throughout the area from the relative abundance within a plot. Although the maximum exponential multiplier for floral resource species was four and coincidentally corresponds to the area of each plot (104 = 10 000 m2 or 1002 m), the exponential multiplier is meant to correspond to relative density in any given area. In the

28

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality event that a species would be “dominant” (DAFOR = 5), using 105 as an exponential multiplier would likely accurately represent the greater amount of relative floral resource available compared to “abundant”. Each ranking on the DAFOR scale when used as an exponent expands the FEI of each plant species, a feature of plant morphology, to the spatial scale of the plot, i.e., to a feature of the local population structure. The descending exponential multiplier for each rank is an estimate of the relative frequency of encounters for that plant species within the total plot.

Floral Impact (FI) = 퐹푙표푟푎푙 퐸푓푓표푟푡 퐼푛푑푒푥 × 10(퐷퐴퐹푂푅 푚푢푙푡푖푝푙푖푒푟)

Table 2.4 Examples of (a) Floral Effort Index (FEI) and (b) Floral Impact (FI) scores for two native species of different habits. The FEI shows the difference in potential floral effort for a large vs. small plant species, and FI extrapolates the respective FEI to the plot area based on respective abundance. a.

Flower Genus species Size Inflorescence Height Width FEI

Aciphylla lomondii 3 5 2 2 (15/4) = 3.75 Leucopogon fraserii 1 1 1 1 (1/1) = 1

b.

Genus species rare occasional frequent abundant FI1 FI2 FI3 FI4 Aciphylla lomondii 1 2 3 4 37.5 375 3 750 37 500 Leucopogon fraserii 1 2 3 4 10 100 1 000 10 000

29

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Plot Floral Availability (PFA)

Plot Floral Availability was calculated for each plant species at each time period by multiplying the respective Floral Impact (FI) by the flowering status per date period. This reflects the availability of flowers in the plot at any time, whether it is 0 (not-flowering, FI is zero), 0.5 (beginning or ending flowering, FI is not at full potential), or 1 (fully in flower and reflecting the maximum potential FI).

Plot Floral Availability (PFA) = 퐹푙표푟푎푙 퐼푚푝푎푐푡 × 퐹푙표푤푒푟𝑖푛푔 푆푡푎푡푢푠

Statistical analyses

All analyses were performed using R version 3.2.3 (R Developmental Core Team 2013). The relationships between abundance/FEI/PFA values and explanatory variables (plot, family, plant origin, season) were examined with generalised linear models consistent with Gaussian distributions (GLM; glm function) in the base package (Bates et al. 2013). Zero-truncated generalised linear models (VGLM; vlgm function) were run from the package VGAM for Plot Floral Availability analyses that had distributions consistent with positive negative binomial distributions. Multiple models were compared using the Akaike Information Criterion (AIC) to justify interactive terms and identify the best fitting models. Welch’s t-tests were used to compare the means of two samples of unequal variance.

30

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Results

2.1 Community composition

Richness and diversity

Species richness of vascular plants (excluding 4 species of conifers and graminoids) for all plots was at least 61, composed of 24 introduced and 37 native plant species (Figure 2.2a, Appendix B: Table B2.1). Each plot had a different total number of species, ranging between 31 and 40 (Table 2.5). The proportion of native species richness increased with elevation compared with introduced species (Figure 2.2b).

Figure 2.2 (a) Species richness of flowering plant species (excluding conifers and graminoids, Appendix B: Table B2.1) over all seasons and plots by native and introduced origin. (b) Flowering species richness by plot and native and introduced species, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Plot 1A at 930 m, 1B at 900 m, 2A at 1150 m, 2B at 1130 m, 3A at 1320 m, 3B at 1350 m.

31

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Table 2.5 Species richness of introduced and native plants (excluding conifers and graminoids) found at plots on The Remarkables, 2014 – 2016.

Plot 1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B Elevation (m) 930 900 1150 1130 1320 1350 Richness of introduced plant species 17 17 14 14 12 10 Richness of native plant species 14 17 23 23 28 25 Total richness of species 31 34 37 37 40 35 Proportion native species 0.45 0.5 0.62 0.62 0.7 0.71

Abundance scores by plant origin, family, and elevation

Introduced plant species had higher species richness than native species combined across all plots (Figure 2.2a). The abundance of introduced species overall however was not significantly different than native species (mean introduced abundance = 6.5 ± 5.9 SD, range = 1 – 20, mean native abundance = 6.4 ± 5, range = 1 – 18; Welch’s t-test: t = 0.388, df = 44.506, P = 0.699) (Figure 2.3a).

While native plant species had similar abundances at the three lowest plots, plots 2B (P = 0.04), 3A (P = 0.002) and 3B (P < 0.001) had significantly higher native plant abundances compared to all other plots (Figure 2.3b, Appendix B: Table B2.2a). For introduced plants, there was a slight negative correlation between plant abundance scores and elevation but no significant difference overall except at the highest plots (3A, P = 0.062, 3B, P = 0.026) (Figure 2.4, Appendix B: Table 2.2b).

While native species generally increased with elevation, significant increases were only detected for native Asteraceae (2B, P = 0.012; 3A, P < 0.001; 3B, P < 0.001), Ericaceae (2A, P = 0.011; 2B, P = 0.005; 3A, P < 0.001; 3B, P < 0.001), and ‘native others’ (3A, P = 0.049, 3A, P = 0.059) at the highest plots (Appendix B, Table 2.3). Introduced species family group abundances were similar at all plots.

In terms of floral resource availability provided by specific plant functional groups, the abundance of native family groups was associated with increasing elevation, particularly for Ericaceae and Asteraceae. As mean abundances were similar across all plots, the major 32

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality differences in potential floral resource availability were related to shifting proportions of introduced and native species with increasing elevation. In terms of the contribution of native and introduced species to overall abundance and Floral Impact, mid-elevation plots (2A, 2B) were most similar, representing an edge or mixing zone between more disturbed and more pristine habitats (Figure 2.3b, 2.4).

Figure 2.3 (a) Mean species abundance scores of flowering plant species (excluding conifers and graminoids, Appendix B: Table B2.1) over all seasons and plots by native and introduced origin. (b) Flowering plant species mean abundance scores by plot and native and introduced species, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Plots differ by elevation: Plot 1A at 930 m, 1B at 900 m, 2A at 1150 m, 2B at 1130 m, 3A at 1320 m, 3B at 1350 m.

33

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Figure 2.4 Boxplots of abundance scores for all included (a) introduced and (b) native plant species at each plot, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Plots differ by elevation: Plot 1A at 930 m, 1B at 900 m, 2A at 1150 m, 2B at 1130 m, 3A at 1320 m, 3B at 1350 m.

Plot species similarities

Similarity among plots in plant species richness, as measured by Jaccard similarity coefficients for every plot pair, showed that all plots were most alike to their respective pair (Table 2.6). Distances between plots reflected their similarity index, with nearer plots being more similar than farther plots. Indices ranged from 0.75 for the most similar plots to 0.34 between the furthest plots.

Plots farthest from each other were almost always the most different in terms of species richness, with one exception where plot 3B was slightly more similar to 1A than 1B (0.375 vs. 0.34). Plot 2B had a similar plant species composition to 3A and 3B, as compared to 2A (0.674, 0.636, and 0.682), reflecting its position as intermediate between 2A and site 3.

34

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Table 2.6 Matrix of paired Jaccard similarity coefficients for plant species richness by plot.

1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B

3B 0.375 0.34 0.5 0.636 0.744 3A 0.449 0.385 0.54 0.674 0.744 2B 0.511 0.468 0.682 0.674 0.636 2A 0.545 0.605 0.682 0.54 0.5 1B 0.75 0.605 0.468 0.385 0.34 1A 0.75 0.545 0.511 0.449 0.375

2.2 Floral Effort Index and Floral Impact

Floral Effort Index (FEI)

The Floral Effort Index is a metric for the potential floral effort per plant species, measured as floral density per unit area. The range of possible scores was between 1 and 20, but all plant species ranked approximately between 1 and 5 (Appendix B, Figure B2.5). Introduced taxonomic groups had greater mean FEI than native taxonomic groups overall (mean introduced FEI = 2.64 ± 1 SD, range = 1.3 – 4.5, mean native FEI = 1.7 ± 1.1, range = 0.3 – 4, Welch’s t-test, t = 3.408, df = 50.635, P = 0.001), suggesting greater floral densities. Introduced Asteraceae had higher values than other groups but were only significantly greater than native Ericaceae (P < 0.001) and ‘native other’ (P = 0.007) (Appendix B, Table B2.4a). Family groups introduced Fabaceae (P = 0.23), native Asteraceae (P = 0.085), and ‘introduced others’ (P = 0.105) were similar to each other and introduced Asteraceae (Appendix B, Table B2.4a). Native Asteraceae (P = 0.003), ‘native other’ (P = 0.013), ‘introduced other’ (P = 0.004), and introduced Fabaceae (P < 0.001) were significantly greater than native Ericaceae (Appendix B, Table B2.4b).

The individual species with the greatest values for FEI were all introduced Asteraceae and were dominated by four species, three of which have similarly dense, compound inflorescences arising from basal rosettes, resulting in high flower-to-plant volume ratios (Hieracium pilosella L., Hypochaeris radicata L., Taraxacum officinale L.). The fourth species, Achillea millefolium (L.), is a relatively compact plant, with dense inflorescences packed with small white flowers (Figure 2.5). A. millefolium ranked second for highest potential FI for all plots, while Hieracium pilosella and Hypochaeris radicata ranked first and third for highest potential Floral Impact respectively. Taraxacum officinale was rare and

35

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality had negligible FEI. The greatest values for the Floral Effort Index favoured plant species that have high flower to plant volume ratios (Figure 2.6).

Figure 2.5 Example of high FEI introduced plant species: Achillea millefolium (left) (FEI: 4.5) and Hieracium pilosella (right) (FEI: 3). Both species have relatively compact vegetative growth forms with dense clusters of flowers. 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables.

Figure 2.6 Examples of low and high FEI native plant species: Dracophyllum spp. (left) have relatively low floral density (FEI: 0.5). Aciphylla lomondii (right) has a high floral density (FEI: 3.75). 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables.

36

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

The lowest ranked family group, Ericaceae, has native species that are characterised by tubular solitary flowers, generally white in colour. Common plants in Ericaceae included Dracophyllum spp. (generally large, highly branched, sprawling shrubs), prostrate and creeping species such as Leucopogon fraseri (A.Cunn.), and Gaultheria crassa (Allan). Dracophyllum spp. with solitary flowers have lower FEI than higher scoring plants such as Gaultheria crassa (high density inflorescences) and Leucopogon fraseri (single flower, small plant). ‘Native other’ families were intermediate in FEI between Ericaceae and all other groups, and had diverse characteristics but relatively poor diversity.

The remaining groups all had similar mean values for FEI as introduced Asteraceae. These include native Asteraceae, introduced Fabaceae, and ‘introduced others’. Native Asteraceae were best represented by Celmisia spp. and Ozothamnus vauvilliersii, which have greater FEI compared to introduced Asteraceae such as Hieracium spp. (Appendix B, Figure B2.5). Introduced Fabaceae are mostly represented by two species: Lotus pedunculatus (Cav.) and Trifolium repens (L.). Lotus pedunculatus, for example, is a medium size plant with relatively large flowers and has an FEI of 2. While FEI reflects the individual species density of floral resources, their actual availability in the plot (represented using FI) is dependent on their respective abundances.

Floral Impact (FI)

The Floral Impact index represented the potential flowering in an area if all plants of a species flowered. It applied the potential floral density per individual plant of each species over the entire area of the plot based on the relative abundance of that species. Floral Impact for introduced plants were significantly greater than native plants (Welch’s t-test, t = 2.067, df = 171.18, P = 0.04), reflecting greater abundances of high FEI species (Figure 2.7).

Between plant family functional groups FI had high variance, which limited statistical analyses. Across all plots at the level of family group, introduced Asteraceae composed the majority of floral resources in plots at 63%, followed in descending order by: native Aster- aceae (14.5%), native Ericaceae (10%), introduced Fabaceae (6%), ‘native other’ (5.5%), and ‘introduced other’ (1%) (Figure 2.8).

Across all plots at the species level only six species accounted for 81.5% of Floral Impact. Three species of introduced Asteraceae (Hieracium pilosella, Achillea millefolium, Hypochaeris radicata) represented 61.1% of all Floral Impacts and had the highest mean Floral Impacts. These species all have high flower: vegetative ratios and were all generally

37

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality abundant within plots. The second group of species (Celmisia gracilenta Hook.f., Aciphylla lomondii, Leucopogon fraseri) were less abundant native species with relatively high flower: vegetative ratios and represented 20.4% of all Floral Impacts. The remaining species composed 18.5% of Floral Impacts across all plots (Appendix B, Figure B2.6).

Figure 2.7 Mean Floral Impact (FI) scores of included introduced and native plant species by native and introduced origin for both 2014 – 2015 (season 1) and 2015 – 2016 (season 2) at all plots combined, The Remarkables.

Figure 2.8 Mean Floral Impact scores for each plant family group at all plots combined for both 2014 – 2015 (season 1) and 2015 – 2016 (season 2) field seasons. Red are introduced and blue are native family groups, The Remarkables.

38

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

2.3 Plot Floral Availability: Temporal resource changes

Overall Plot Floral Availability between seasons

Mean Plot Floral Availability (PFA) was only comparable between early sampling periods of each field season (spring-summer 2014 – 2015 and 2015 – 2016) when sampling date periods overlapped (Table 2.2). PFA of introduced species was significantly higher than native species for both early field seasons 1 and 2 (P < 0.001) (Figure 2.9, Appendix B: Table B2.5). PFA patterns were not significantly different between early sampling periods of each field season (P = 0.288), and had similar patterns at the family level overall (Figure 2.10, Appendix B, Table B2.5). Introduced Asteraceae had the highest PFA in both seasons. Native Asteraceae had the next highest PFA, followed by similar levels of both introduced Fabaceae and native Ericaceae. ‘Native’ and ‘introduced other’ had the lowest PFA of all groups (Figure 2.10). A comparison of PFA values for individual species between early sampling periods of both seasons found that all differences fell within 95% confidence intervals, with the exception of two species: Aciphylla lomondii (+1234), which did not flower in season 1, and Hypochaeris radicata, which had comparatively delayed flowering in season 2 (-1438) (Figure 2.11).

Figure 2.9 Comparisons between the 2014 – 2015 (season 1) and 2015 – 2016 (season 2) field seasons of mean Plot Floral Availability during early sampling periods by plant origin at all plots, The Remarkables.

39

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Figure 2.10 Comparisons between the 2014 – 2015 (season 1) and 2015 – 2016 (season 2) early field seasons of mean Plot Floral Availability for each plant family group at all plots. Red are introduced and blue are native family groups, The Remarkables.

Figure 2.11 Individual species differences in Plot Floral Availability between early sampling periods of field seasons 1 (2014 – 2015) and season 2 (2015 – 2016), The Remarkables. Seasonal outliers are Hypochaeris radicata (-1438) and Aciphylla lomondii (+1234). Zero values equate to no difference between seasons. Values less than zero indicate lower PFA in flowering season 2. Dotted blue lines represent 95% confidence intervals.

40

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Temporal Plot Floral Availability patterns by plot

For all sampling periods and plots combined, introduced and native species mean Plot Floral Availability were similar between the early sampling periods of each field season. The main difference was in the mean Plot Floral Availability of introduced species during date period 1, which was about 30% higher for season 2. However, at the next date period, PFA values were nearly equal (Figure 2.12). While most plot pairs were similar, the extent of differences warrant the examination of each plot pair separately.

Plot 1A had differences in the timing of flowering between seasons. Introduced Asteraceae had an earlier start in season 2 than season 1 (Figure 2.13). For other groups, flowering was relatively constant for both seasons but finished earlier in season 2.

Plot 1B had lower values than plot 1 for introduced Asteraceae, but slightly higher PFA for all other groups. Native Asteraceae were notably higher at plot 1B than 1A. Flowering for most groups continued longer at plot 1B than at plot 1A for both seasons (Figure 2.14).

Plot 2A was much greater than plot 2B in PFA between seasons and at both plots. Introduced Asteraceae and native Asteraceae were the highest value PFA groups at 2A, followed by native Ericaceae and introduced Fabaceae. Native Asteraceae had an earlier start in season 2 than season 1, while the opposite was true for introduced Asteraceae. For ‘other groups’, flowering finished earlier in Season 2 (Figure 2.15).

Plot 2B was relatively different to plot 2A in terms of mean PFA patterns, though values were much lower. As at plot 2A, introduced and native Asteraceae at plot 2B had the greatest mean PFAs, followed by introduced Fabaceae and native Ericaceae. Native Ericaceae finished flowering earlier in season 1 (Figure 2.16).

Plot 3A and 3B were the most consistent in mean PFA between plots and seasons. Introduced Asteraceae had the greatest mean PFA values, followed by ‘native other’, native Asteraceae, native Ericaceae, and both introduced groups lowest. ‘Introduced other’ and introduced Fabaceae had the lowest values and ended flowering earliest, while all other groups continued. In season 2 however, introduced Asteraceae finished earlier (Figures 2.17, 2.18).

Over sampling periods, introduced species had similar mean PFAs at the all plots except for introduced Asteraceae, which had very high values at the lowest plots. In general, across plots, flowering was already in progress at the beginning of early season 2 and values reduced sooner than in early season 1. This trend was less noticeable at higher elevations (sites 2, 3).

41

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Figure 2.12 Mean Plot Floral Availability changes for all plots for early sampling periods in field seasons 1 and 2 for introduced and native plants, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Date periods correspond to seasons as follows: 1. Late spring, 2. Early summer, 3 – 4. Mid-summer.

Figure 2.13 Plot 1A Plot Floral Availability changes per functional group for early sampling periods in field seasons 1 and 2, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Date periods correspond to seasons as follows: 1. Late spring, 2. Early summer, 3 – 4. Mid-summer.

42

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Figure 2.14 Plot 1B Plot Floral Availability changes per family group for early sampling periods in field seasons 1 and 2, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. periods correspond to seasons as follows: 1. Late spring, 2. Early summer, 3 – 4. Mid-summer.

Figure 2.15 Plot 2A Plot Floral Availability changes per family group for early sampling periods in field seasons 1 and 2, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Date periods correspond to seasons as follows: 1. Late spring, 2. Early summer, 3 – 4. Mid-summer.

43

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Figure 2.16 Plot 2B Plot Floral Availability changes per family group for early sampling periods in field seasons 1 and 2, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. periods correspond to seasons as follows: 1. Late spring, 2. Early summer, 3 – 4. Mid-summer.

Figure 2.17 Plot 3A Plot Floral Availability changes per family group for early sampling periods in field seasons 1 and 2, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Date periods correspond to seasons as follows: 1. Late spring, 2. Early summer, 3 – 4. Mid-summer.

44

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Figure 2.18 Plot 3B Plot Floral Availability changes per family group for early sampling periods in field seasons 1 and 2, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Date periods correspond to seasons as follows: 1. Late spring, 2. Early summer, 3 – 4. Mid-summer.

45

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Discussion

The objective of this study was to create an estimate of the potential floral resources available to floral visitors over time in order to examine the relative foraging preferences of pollinators and the subsequent ecological consequences for plant and pollinator communities. A census was taken of potential flowering species within study plots that could be utilised by pollinators. An abundance score was then assigned to each plant species at each plot. Acknowledging that plant species abundance on its own does not accurately represent available floral resources for pollinators, the maximum potential floral resource availability was quantified with a flower and plant morphology-based density metric (Floral Effort Index) extrapolated over plots using the DAFOR estimate of plant species abundance (Floral Impact). Flowering data were collected during insect surveys for each of two flowering seasons and Plot Floral Availability quantified for each time period. This approach is novel and provides a straightforward means of estimating changes in floral resources at spatial scales from single plants to whole study areas and temporal scales from weeks to years.

Plant community richness and abundance across elevations

Combined for all plots, species richness of native plants was greater than introduced plant species. However, there was an inverse relationship between elevation and native species richness, favouring introduced species at lower elevations and native species at higher elevations. Introduced plant species often decrease in abundance from lower to higher elevations (Arévalo et al. 2005; Becker et al. 2005; Alexander et al. 2011) and a consistent pattern of upward expansion from disturbance in a variety of montane habitats as climatic conditions may filter less well adapted species from colonising higher elevations (Alexander et al. 2011).

Introduced plant species were the most abundant and had the greatest flowering potential at all plots. Invasive plants are able to alter plant-pollinator relationships in native pollinator networks (Traveset & Richardson 2006). Subsequent changes in floral visitation induced by the presence of introduced plant species may significantly affect native plant reproduction. Chittka and Shürkens (2001) demonstrated this with a case study of Impatiens glandulifera (Royle., Balsaminaceae) and Stachy palustris (L., Lamiaceae) in Europe. In plots invaded by I. glandulifera, native pollinators preferred the introduced flowers and reduced fitness (measured in seed set) in local plants. Similar results were found from Lythrum salicaria (L., Lythraceae) presence with L. alatum (Pursh) (Brown et al. 2002), where increased visitation

46

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality to introduced plant species increased the proportions of heterospecific pollen carried by visitors and decreased seed set in native plant species (Bruckman & Campbell 2014, 2016) . To what degree introduced plants may be considered invasive depends on multiple components. Introduced species become invasive when they are able to spread beyond their initial point of reproduction, and may become pests or weeds when their spread has detrimental consequences to the invaded habitat (Richardson et al. 2000). Characteristics that enable invasion are an interaction between the life cycle of the organism (such as rapid reproduction and ability to spread) and the level of resistance to invasion in the habitat (Rejmánek & Richardson 1996; Richardson et al. 2000).

Elevation can act as a climatic filter for lowland adapted pastoral species Eurasian in origin (Bourdôt et al. 2007). Unless those species are adapted for more extreme climatic conditions, colonisation success at higher elevations may be limited (Alexander et al. 2011). In addition, competition from native plants and lack of disturbance may prevent introduced plant species from colonising higher elevations where climate is less variable (Alexander et al. 2009). Mid- elevation plots can be greatest in species richness as they contain intermediate habitats with conditions that overlap between high and low elevation species (Austrheim 2002; Cardelús et al. 2006). As a result of more diverse resources and intermediate abiotic conditions, mid- elevation plots have the potential to support the highest pollinator diversity (Harris 1988; Oommen & Shanker 2005). Higher elevation plots may be less diverse compared to mid- elevation plots, but may be highest in the proportion of endemic species that are specifically adapted to high elevation conditions (Vetaas & Grytnes 2002).

In addition to elevational gradients, the spatial distribution of introduced plant species near roadsides within plots strongly suggest that The Remarkables ski field road is a major conduit for introduced species which may be invasive for native ecosystems (Miller 2015). Introduced plants may have greater success in disturbed environments compared to native plants, particularly species that evolved with humans and human-modified environments (Elton 1958; Baker 1965). Transport corridors in particular, are a major factor for the dispersal of non-native plant species (Hansen & Clevenger 2005; Affre et al. 2010). This effect is especially noted in grassland ecosystems (Hansen & Clevenger 2005). In Chile, roadsides have been shown to play a contributing role in the extent of the richness and abundance of introduced plant species across elevations (Pauchard & Alaback 2004). Away from roads, the invasion success of introduced plant species tends to decrease, leaving native communities relatively intact (Lembrechts et al. 2014; Otto et al. 2014). How the

47

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality concentrations of introduced plant species along roadside margins affect pollinator and native plant communities will depend on the respective preferences of floral resources and the subsequent changes in pollinator networks.

Study plots were stratified across elevations by approximately 200 m between plot pairs. The similarities in plant communities (measured using Jaccard indices) between each plot pair justified their pairings. The index values for all plots also reflected the elevational gradient in regards to plant community changes, with the nearest plots being the most similar and the farthest plots being the most different. Between-plot distance for all plots were an accurate predictor of community similarity, supporting an elevational shift in community composition that was supported by abundance and richness data.

What is the relative availability of floral resources by plots?

Native plant species in New Zealand have been characterised as generalist insect-pollinated systems sometimes referred to as a “small bee syndrome” with most flowers being bowl or dish shaped, small, and light coloured (Newstrom & Robertson 2005). Although some specialised relationships exist between pollinators and flower species in New Zealand, they are not considered common (Newstrom & Robertson 2005). While the native solitary bees have been characterised as generalist overall, individual species can show preferences for specific flower species and/or families (Donovan 2007; Lord 2008; Campbell et al. 2010; Bischoff et al. 2013).

Floral Effort Index, Floral Impact, and Plot Floral Availability in The Remarkables were highest in four major groups of taxa: 1. Asteraceae (introduced taxa, followed by native taxa), composed of open accessible resources. 2. Ericaceae, small to medium size bell shaped flowers, all native taxa. 3. Fabaceae, small to large zygomorphic flowers, all introduced taxa. 4. Other native families, which included a wide range of families (i.e., Apiaceae, Campanulaceae, Fabaceae, Plantaginaceae, Ranunculaceae, Rhamnaceae, Thymelaeaceae) with local species with differing morphology that generally correspond to “small bee syndrome.”

Asteraceae, rivalled only by Orchidaceae, are the most diverse group of flowering plants in the world (Royal Botanic Gardens Kew and Missouri Botanic Garden 2017), and make up over 80% of plant species abundance on The Remarkables. The high abundance of Asteraceae ranked them higher than all other groups for FI and PFA despite the FEI of individual species being similar to most family groups. Members of Asteraceae are common

48

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality invasive species and are readily used by pollinators where introduced (Johnston & Pickering 2001; Muñoz & Cavieres 2008). Native pollinators, particularly Lasioglossum, have shown preferences for species in the native genus Celmisia flowers (Lord 2008; Campbell et al. 2010). Ozothamnus, also a native, genus, has had fewer respective records of visits by bees in New Zealand, and are primarily visited by flies (Primack 1983; Schönberger 2002). Other Ozothamnus species are also utilised by bees and other pollinators in Tasmania (Hingston & McQuillan 2000). Native Ericaceae had the second highest FI and PFA values, predominantly due to Leucopogon fraseri and Dracophyllum rosmarinifolium in the early sampling periods. Leucopogon had no records of visits by native or introduced bees before this study, while Dracophyllum species are known to be used by both native bee genera (Lasioglossum, Leioproctus) and Bombus terrestris (Donovan 2007 p188). Introduced Fabaceae had similar values to ‘other native’ families for both FI and PFA, and were composed mostly of values from Trifolium repens and Lotus pedunculatus. Introduced Fabaceae are especially abundant in New Zealand and preferred by honey bees, bumblebees, and some native bees (Howlett & Donovan 2010; Malone et al. 2010).

The remaining native and introduced plants in other families were relatively uncommon, and had correspondingly low FI and PFA values. One notable exception was Aciphylla lomondii (Apiaceae), which displays massive inflorescences in some years and can be a significant floral resource in the area (Miller 2015). Aciphylla species can be particularly preferred resources by native and introduced pollinators that are attracted to their large inflorescences (Pickering 2001; Donovan 2007 p187; Brookes & Jesson 2007; Miller 2015). Plot Floral Availability for A. lomondii is lacking for one season, which is explained by its masting behaviour. Aciphylla, like several other noted New Zealand plant species (Phormium, Chionochloa), exhibit synchronous flowering following years with specific environmental patterns (Mark 1970). Aciphylla did not flower in season 1 (or the previous year), but flowered extensively in season 2. Despite the large flowering event, the effect on PFA was minimal (Figure 2.10). Aciphylla lomondii and Anisotome sp. (Apiaceae) were the two highest scoring species in terms of FEI, but Anisotome sp. was rare, which limited its FI and PFA. Other native family groups were notably absent from the late season with the exception of Wahlenbergia albomarginata. Native bees are common visitors of Wahlenbergia albomarginata (Donovan 2007 p192; Campbell et al. 2012). During early sampling periods in both seasons, other native families represented a considerable variety of available resources.

49

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

What is the Potential Floral Availability (PFA) at each plot?

Plot Floral Availability took into account flowering phenology during surveys. Flowering phenology is dictated by abiotic environmental factors or internal biological processes such as senescence triggered by successful fertilisation. The specific factors related to flowering phenology are generally tied to the life history strategy of the species and where it has evolved (Elzinga et al. 2007; Loveless & Hamrick 2016). The phylogenetic composition of plant communities also plays a role, in that the phenology of closely related species often have similar reproductive strategies, such as flowering patterns, to related pioneer species (Li et al. 2016).

Flower longevity is another aspect of resource availability that can be highly variable, with individual flowers persisting for time periods of hours to weeks (Stead 1992). Flower longevity plays an important role in the window of time available for pollination. While long lasting flowers may be beneficial to pollination success, they may also reduce success by wasting resources (Stead 1992). In alpine plant communities, long lasting flowers and early flowering are potential strategies to ensure pollination in unpredictable environments for pollinators (Makrodimos et al. 2008). At high elevations there may be additional factors such as harsher conditions for development than at lower elevations (Arroyo et al. 1981). A clear elevational delay in flowering phenology occurred at higher elevation plots (3A, 3B) in comparison to lower elevations when looking at the PFA patterns of all plant species, which supported an elevational gradation of flowering.

For seasonal comparisons it is important that floral metrics are comparable in order to detect differences (Szigeti et al. 2016). The similarity of Plot Floral Availability between early field seasons at individual plots and at all plots combined support the conclusion that floral resources were similar between years. While there were slight differences in elevational phenology for specific families, patterns were generally similar. Late season flowering patterns from a single year are limited in projecting longer term trends, but the similarity in flowering patterns between early seasons suggests that late season patterns would have been consistent in other years.

Phenologically, both seasons followed similar patterns with the only change being in the timing of onset or termination of flowering. In general, there was a half to one sampling period delay in the onset of flowering between seasons. Flowering started and ended earlier in season 2 than in season 1 with changes most evident at lower elevations (Sites 1, 2).

50

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

However, the differences in onset or termination of flowering did not amount to significant differences when compared with specific PFA scores by origin or functional group for the time periods sampled. Plot Floral Availability was based on FI, and the respective PFA values were highly integrated, following the same elevational patterns of high values for native species at sites 2 and 3, and high values for introduced species at site 1. Though phenological differences were apparent at certain plots for particular functional groups, they appear to be relatively minor over the course of each field season. As phenology may have greater effects on bee visitation than floral characteristics (Hingston & McQuillan 1999), the local influence of PFA for insect visitors should be examined at the plot level.

Summary

Greater abundances of introduced plants were found at lower elevations (site 1, ~900 m) compared to highest sites (site 3, ~1300 m), and greater abundances of native species at the higher sites. Although overall abundances were similar between native and introduced plants, lower elevational plots have several factors that may support greater pollinator activity and resources for introduced bees in particular. There are both greater quantities of resources composed predominantly of introduced plant species which European bees have coevolved with and temperatures are likely to be more conducive to pollinator activity. Mid-elevational plots (2A, 2B, ~1100 m) were transitional in plant community diversity, have the benefit for pollinators of being moderate in temperature and high in resource availability. These characteristics mean low and mid-elevational plots have the potential to support the greatest abundance and diversity of pollinators (Harris 1988; Oommen & Shanker 2005). However, higher elevations also support a larger proportion of native plants and associated pollinators, thus native bee diversity might be expected to peak at higher elevations.

In regards to floral resources, a few species of introduced Asteraceae showed the highest Plot Floral Availability for all seasons and represented the majority of potential floral resources generally across plots. The PFA of Asteraceae was particularly high during early and late sampling periods, suggesting their potential as consistently important floral resources from spring until autumn. Although there was a slight offset in flowering phenology between the early sampling periods of the two field seasons, both years had similar mean Plot Floral Availability scores for the entire time period and the PFA of specific functional groups did not differ.

51

Chapter 2 Floral resources: Relative availability and quality

Floral preferences of pollinators may be innately driven by flower and plant morphology and coevolution, influenced by floral abundance, biased by resource quality, or all of the above (Goulson 1999; Fenster et al. 2004; Nicolson et al. 2007; Campbell et al. 2010, 2012; Rosas- Guerrero et al. 2014; Ruedenauer et al. 2016). In addition, at any time the contribution of any one of those factors may tip the balance in terms of relative impact (Carvalheiro et al. 2014). Abiotic factors at different elevations are also major drivers of insect activity and will influence patterns accordingly (Triplehorn & Johnson 2005). Although the floral resource values calculated here are based on flower density, structural and co-evolutionary features of flowers affect pollinator preferences and can shift choices away from species strongly indicated by these indices (Fenster et al. 2004; Carvalheiro et al. 2008, 2014; Makrodimos et al. 2008). The availability of introduced plant species may have the potential to disrupt native plant pollination, although native plants are also attractive to generalist pollinators (Memmott & Waser 2002; Traveset & Richardson 2006; Muñoz & Cavieres 2008). The relationship between Plot Floral Availability and actual pollinator choices are examined in the Chapter 3 with those features in mind.

52

Chapter 3

Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Introduction

The impact of introduced social bees on native bees has been an important research topic worldwide. Honey bees in particular are thought to have the greatest potential competitive impact on native bee communities, although different metrics of competition limit the breadth of conclusions (Roubik & Wolda 2001; Paini 2004). The bumblebee Bombus terrestris (Linnaeus) has been introduced to New Zealand, Argentina, Japan, and Tasmania (but not mainland Australia), where they are now well established (Velthuis & Doorn 2006). Where established, they have demonstrated competition with native species, including other Bombus species (Morales et al. 2013). In New Zealand, the impact of honey bees on native pollinators has likely changed as feral honey bee colonies have been lost due to Varroa destructor (Anderson & Trueman; henceforth referred to as varroa), although subsequent changes in pollinator communities are unknown (Howlett & Donovan 2010). Since the establishment of varroa, anecdotal reports suggest that introduced bumblebees may be increasing in abundance, although no evidence for this has been published. How native and introduced bees utilise resources in the same landscape has seldom been studied in New Zealand. An understanding of competitive interactions can provide insight on the potential competition prior to varroa invasion as well as in the context of New Zealand’s extensive apiculture industry.

Bees in New Zealand

Bees are generally considered to be the most important insects for pollination as a result of the close integration of their lifecycles with floral resources. They have evolved to become highly specialised and adapted for utilising pollen and nectar resources (Michener 2000). Comprehensive information on bees in New Zealand can be found in Fauna of New Zealand 57: Apoidea (Donovan 2007).

Predominant bee populations in New Zealand comprise five main genera in three families, each with different life history traits. While individual species may have restricted ranges, species from each genus can be found throughout New Zealand. All native bees forage on pollen and nectar for sustenance. Females provision underground nests, which contain chambers with branching tunnels that may be reused during the season or perennially. Cells are created where an egg is deposited in a chamber, which is then sealed off after being provisioned with adequate amounts of pollen and nectar. The number of offspring and duration of nest construction is variable by species. While generally solitary, some

54

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Lasioglossum species exhibit signs of primitive sociality in the form of social nesting and multiple broods per year. Bees may overwinter as adults or pre-pupae, emerging under specific conditions.

Native bees in the family Colletidae are represented by the genera Leioproctus and Hylaeus (Donovan 2007 p13-15, 2016). Species of Leioproctus have similar morphology, making identification to species in the field difficult. As the largest and hairiest of the native bees, field identification to genus is relatively straightforward. For Leioproctus, pollen is collected onto a scopa (tuft of hairs) on the hind tibia. Hylaeus are the smallest and most wasp-like native bees and their small size makes identification to species difficult. Hylaeus can be distinguished from other genera by glossy hairless bodies, yellow markings on the face, and generally smaller sizes. Hylaeus lack a scopa, and pollen is collected in a crop. Native Halictidae are composed solely of the genus Lasioglossum, which is represented by four species with sizes intermediate between the other genera. Identification of Lasioglossum species in the field is challenging due to small sizes, rapid flight, and tendencies to fly when approached. Pollen collection is on scopa underneath the abdomen in Lasioglossum.

Introduced social bees are represented by two genera in the family Apidae. There are four species of bumblebee (Bombus terrestris, B. hortorum Linnaeus, B. ruderatus Fabricius, B. subterraneus Linnaeus) and the Western honey bee (Apis mellifera Linnaeus). Bumblebees were introduced in the 1800’s to pollinate clover, an important pasture species. They are the largest bees in New Zealand and exhibit primitive sociality, with queens that form small colonies in cavities of up to several hundred individuals. While colonies typically last one season, in mild conditions they may be able to persist into the spring. Only one species (B. terrestris) is common and widespread throughout New Zealand while the other species have more variable ranges and abundances. Honey bees were introduced in 1839 for honey production, and have since spread throughout the country. Honey bees have a complex social lifecycle with castes that perform different tasks. Hives are composed of thousands of workers with the ability to direct foragers to high quality resources. In New Zealand, cabbage trees (Cordyline australis Hook.f.), white pine (Dacrycarpus dacrydioides A.Rich.), and willows (Salix spp.) are often utilised for nest sites (Donovan 1980). Previously widespread and common, feral honey bee colonies are thought to have become rare due to the impact of varroa (Howlett & Donovan 2010).

55

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Floral usage in New Zealand

The majority of flowers of the New Zealand flora correspond to what has been described as “small bee syndrome”: flowers are typically pale, easy to access, and are readily visited by small bees and flies (Newstrom & Robertson 2005). The relatively depauperate diversity of floral visitors in New Zealand may have led to an unusually high proportion of flowers that favour generalists (Lloyd 1985; Huryn 1995).

Knowledge of native bee biology, life histories, and potential competitive interactions with introduced bees has advanced little since Donovan (1980), but records of native bee floral usage give information on the floral communities native bees visit (Donovan 2007 p180- 186). Native bees use a variety of introduced and native plants from a variety of families. Leioproctus, while generalist, predominantly uses both native and introduced Myrtaceae, Asteraceae, and Fabaceae (Donovan 1980). Flowers from the families Myrtaceae and Asteraceae have relatively accessible flowers, while Fabaceae have flowers with more restricted access. Myrtaceae are the most commonly utilised host family for the majority of species, followed by Asteraceae. Fabaceae are the least commonly used and include native Carmichaelia spp. and larger introduced Fabaceae (Cytisus scoparius L., Medicago sativa L.) (Donovan 2007 p187, 194-195). Lasioglossum utilise the widest variety of introduced and native plants (Donovan 1980), and while generalist, often show a degree of preference for particular floral species (Lord 2008; Campbell et al. 2010). Donovan noted that they “appear to collect pollen from almost any flower in which it proves accessible.” Like Lasioglossum, records for host plant visits by Hylaeus show a wide assortment of native and introduced plant utilisation, as well as some species with more limited floral repertoires. Floral records of native bees are incomplete, and wider diversity of floral usage is likely.

Introduced social bees (specifically, Bombus terrestris and Apis mellifera) are noted “super- generalists” and readily utilise native plants (Huryn & Moller 1995; Huryn 1997; Goulson et al. 2002; Howlett & Donovan 2010; Lye et al. 2010). They also have relatively longer tongues (proboscis length: 6.6 mm for Apis mellifera and 7.8 mm for Bombus terrestris) than native species (2 mm or less) (Dobbie 2009; Balfour et al. 2013). In New Zealand, honey bees have been observed collecting resources from at least 119 genera of plants in 67 families, although only about 12 families comprise the majority of usage (Huryn 1995). Although host plant records for native species are incomplete, honey bees show a greater

56

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects range of known plant visitation than any other bee species in New Zealand, suggesting widespread potential for competition (Howlett & Donovan 2010).

Of the four species of introduced bumblebee, the shorter-tongued Bombus terrestris is the most common and most generalist, visiting plants from at least 36 genera in 28 families (Donovan 2007 p151). The other species of Bombus have longer tongues, are comparatively less common, and show strong preferences for introduced Fabaceae, particularly Trifolium spp. (Howlett & Donovan 2010). The affinity for particular introduced flowering species by Bombus species other than B. terrestris suggests that they are constrained by floral choice and may compete with other Bombus species for a limited set of introduced plants (Lye et al. 2010). B. terrestris therefore is the only bumblebee which shows preferences for and utilises native species to the extent that it may be a significant competitor with native bees. Other introduced bee species predominantly utilise introduced plant species and are often range restricted (Howlett & Donovan 2010).

Bee competition

Studies on competition between bees are often focused on honey bees which are regarded as integral pollinators for agriculture that are extensively utilised worldwide for mobile pollination services (Klein et al. 2007). They provide a significant proportion of pollination services, and along with other pollinators, face multiple threats from human activity (Aizen & Harder 2009; Potts et al. 2010). The tens of thousands of workers in a hive and the rapid addition of large amounts of foragers have the potential to drastically alter pollinator dynamics in a local environment (Huryn 1997). Introduced honey bees have even been observed to displace foraging birds from nectar resources in Australia (Paton 1993). Nesting competition is also likely with some bird species, including in New Zealand, although there are few consistent trends detected and other limiting factors may be more important (Moller & Tilley 1989; Oldroyd et al. 1994).

Honey bees are not usually aggressive to other bees and do not typically exhibit interference competition when foraging (Johnson & Hubbell 1974; Schaffer et al. 1979). The main impacts of honey bees on native bees often studied is exploitative competition, where native bee numbers are reduced where honey bees forage. Studies have shown that honey bees have the potential to negatively impact bumblebees, as niche utilisation may overlap (Thomson 2006; Walther-Hellwig et al. 2006; Franco et al. 2009; Goulson & Sparrow 2009). Foraging honey bees have also been shown to depress abundances of other apid bees (including

57

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects bumblebees) on high quality resources (Schaffer et al. 1979, 1983; Pleasants 1981; Thomson 2004). Several aspects of worldwide honey bee competition with other bees were reviewed by Huryn (1997). In several cases where honey bee hives have been removed, native bee abundances have been shown to increase, suggesting competitive release (Pyke & Balzer 1985; Thorp et al. 1994). Competition for nest sites is not likely, as most bees do not utilise the same nesting habitat as honey bees. Huryn (1997) concluded that while there is evidence that honey bees have negative effects on native bees, additional studies are necessary for stronger conclusions. A global review by Paini (2004) on the impacts of introduced honey bees on native bees also found more studies that suggest negative impacts than neutral or positive. Paini (2004) noted that conclusions were limited by a lack of replication at local sites and over time, and that these conclusions reflect the potential impact of honey bees rather than conclusive impacts. In addition, some studies had conflicting results in follow up studies and 11% of studies failed to detect any impacts on native bees at all, potentially because there were adequate resources available. As a result, while some studies may suggest a negative impact by honey bees, results are contingent to the local conditions at the time of the study (Huryn 1997; Paini 2004). Studies on honey bee interactions with other bees generally conclude that there is likely significant potential for competition (Huryn 1997; Paini 2004; Paini & Roberts 2005), but consistent patterns and the degree of impacts are sometimes unclear. The subsequent competition for resources and potential changes in pollination interactions may alter floral preferences in local pollinator networks and subsequently the robustness of those interaction networks (Burkle et al. 2013). The diversity of plant and pollinator communities make it likely that any particular study may be only relevant to the local conditions and may not reflect long-term impacts.

Bumblebees have been also found to be competitors to native bees where introduced. In Patagonia, Bombus terrestris and B. ruderatus were shown to have displaced the native bumblebee, B. dahlbomii (Guérin-Méneville) in as little as five years (Allen-Wardell et al. 1998). In Japan, B. terrestris has been a successful invader with high reproductive capacity as compared to native Bombus species causing a decline in local Bombus populations (Inoue & Yokoyama 2010). In Tasmania, a similar environment to New Zealand, B. terrestris (possibly introduced from New Zealand) has successfully established and spread over a period of 13 years (Hingston 2006) and sometimes displaces native bees by monopolising floral resources (Hingston & McQuillan 1999). In another study in Tasmania however, honey bees but not bumblebees were correlated with decreased activity of native bees (Goulson & Sparrow

58

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

2009). The degree of competition may depend on temporal variations in floral usage by the different bee assemblages.

Competition between introduced and native bees in New Zealand

Introduced social bees in New Zealand have several advantages over native bees. Bumblebees are adapted to high elevations and latitudes, and are thus able to forage at lower temperatures than other bees. They are able to be active earlier and later in the day and during the season (Kevan 1972; Harder & Barclay 1994). Honey bees store large amounts of resources within their hives, allowing them to maintain large numbers of workers throughout the year (Michener 2000). If conditions are warm enough, large numbers of foragers are able to utilise resources as soon as they are available. One of the most important sources of competition is introduced by the movement by apiarists of large numbers of honey bee hives to a relatively small area. In Australia, Paini & Roberts (2005) found that over two seasons, long term apiary sites resulted in 23% fewer Hylaeus alcyoneus (Erichson) nests than at control sites. In Tongariro National Park in New Zealand, the results of honey bee hive additions showed that while there was a decrease in native insect visitors when honey bees were present, wide variations due to other factors made clear conclusions difficult. In general, however, an inverse relationship between honey bee abundance and native insect diversity was observed, with the strongest effect on native flies (Murphy & Robertson 2000). Similarly, Bennik (2009) found that honey bee additions in an area of manuka (Leptospermum scoparium J.R. & G. Forst.) was negatively correlated with numbers of large flies, but not other pollinator guilds.

Donovan (1980) noted that during peak abundance of native bees in the summer, nectar resources are at their greatest levels. Although floral resources may overlap in usage by bees, the intensity of foraging on different preferred plants can reduce competition, particularly if nectar resources are not being completely depleted (Huryn 1997). Introduced and native bees are known to use the same floral repertoire but the specific preferences of each group may preclude any competition. Honey bees may compete most with other social bees that are able to recruit foragers or that have similar morphologies (Schaffer et al. 1979), suggesting greater propensity for competition with introduced bumblebees than with native bees. However, nesting site availability may be a greater limiting factor than resource availability for ground nesting bees (Donovan 1980). It is also possible that extensive habitat changes in New Zealand, coupled with almost 200 years of introduced bee interactions have selected for the

59

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects most robust native bees, particularly in areas where social bees are abundant. Before varroa, honeybees were considered by Donovan (1980) as “probably one of the most common and continuously present insects in New Zealand.” After the establishment of varroa, the abundance of feral bee populations is unknown, but presumed to be markedly reduced (Howlett & Donovan 2010).

Native bees are often present in high abundances, which suggests that populations have not been adversely impacted by introduced bees (Donovan 1980), although comparisons pre- honey bee introduction are not possible. Multiple factors can determine the potential competitive effects, from weather to local floral availability. Thus any conclusions on competition between bees must be examined within the context of the local environment and the relevant temporal timescale. Native bees all have short tongues, whereas many of the bee communities compared in previous studies have tongue lengths similar to the introduced bees. As there are few specialised relationships in New Zealand pollination syndromes, variations in local habitat and resource abundances may be the main drivers in potential competitive interactions.

Summary and Aims

Native and introduced bees are often studied in a competitive context, but the degree of competition in New Zealand is unknown. Introduced bees include honey bees and bumblebees, which are often characterised as potential competitors with native bees for resources (Paini 2004; Schmid-Hempel et al. 2007). Native bees are composed of short tongued generalist species which have the potential to overlap in resource utilisation, but few studies have been conducted to test competition.

In this chapter I describe the composition of floral visitors and their degree of resource usage in the context of the local plant community described in Chapter 2. By integrating indices of floral availability over time, resource factors that attract particular groups of insects and how utilisation of those resources can alter interactions is described. The effect of honey bee hive additions on local bee communities during the spring season is also examined. The questions to be addressed include:

60

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

1. What are the patterns of pollinator community assemblages on The Remarkables Range?

2. What are the patterns of insect floral usage?

3. Does resource abundance (PFA) predict floral usage by bees?

4. Do introduced bees overlap in resource utilisation with native bees?

61

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Methods

Surveys were conducted during a full field season between November 2014 and April 2015, with additional surveys in the following year between November 2015 and January 2016. The November to January periods will be referred to as ‘early field seasons 1 and 2’, while February to April 2015 will be referred to as ‘late field season 1’. Sites and sampling periods were described in Chapter 2 (Table 2.2).

Transects consisted of standardised 10 minute counts within plots starting from the centre area of the plot outwards in a randomly assigned bearing at a constant pace, with an optional additional transect starting from the end of the previous transect. When the edges of plots were encountered, the transect turned 45 degrees to stay within the plot. For surveys conducted the same day, starting directions were changed and overlap between transects was avoided. Transects varied in length based on terrain, and were approximately 2 m wide and no more than 100 m in length. Surveys were carried out at a constant pace to standardise for conditions of high flowering or high insect abundance. All areas of the plots were visited where terrain allowed including road areas. When two people were conducting surveys during the same day, they alternated between plots. Data recorded were: date, time, floral visitors identified to genus or functional group, flowers identified to species, and the number of visitors per plant was recorded. These methods are similar to established protocols like those used in insect and bee surveys conducted by Pollard (1977), Thomas (1983), Goulson et al. (2002), Westphal et al. (2008), and Lye et al. (2010).

Multiple surveys were conducted daily during sampling periods that ranged from a minimum of three to seven days, depending on weather conditions. Survey times were split according to time of day: 9 – 12 noon as morning, 12 – 3 pm as mid-day, and 3 – 5 pm as afternoon. These sampling periods corresponded with the majority of bee activity although relatively less activity was observed during the afternoon period than at morning or mid-day. Per day, up to four surveys were done in the morning, four around mid-day, and two for afternoon periods. Surveys were conducted an equal number of times for the busiest periods (morning and mid- day), and slightly less for afternoon periods due to lack of insect visitors. Reduced activity in the afternoons might have been due to declining resources (particularly Asteraceae, the flowers of which began to close in early afternoon).

62

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Environmental monitoring

At the start of each survey the time was recorded as well as weather conditions, including sky condition (1: clear, 2: partly cloudy/hazy, 3: cloudy/overcast), temperature (°C), average wind speed (kilometres per hour), max wind speed, and precipitation (1: none, 2: drizzle/light rain, 3: rain). Temperatures and wind speed were read using a handheld digital Kestrel 3500 weather monitor (Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA). Surveys were conducted only during reasonable conditions with minimum temperatures of at least 5°C and average wind speeds below 30 kilometres per hour. These criteria were chosen for personnel health, safety reasons, and to maximise insect activity, similar to methods used by Pollard (1977), Thomas (1983), and Miller (2015). Based on those criteria, surveys were classified as either reasonable or adverse conditions. Reasonable conditions being dry, at least 12°C, and with average wind speeds below 15 kilometres per hour. Adverse conditions either had rain, temperatures below 12°C, average wind speeds above 15 kph, and/or max wind gusts above 30 kph.

Insect sampling and honey bee hive additions

Bees observed on transects were identified to genus visually without lethal sampling to minimise impacts on local abundances. Although lethal sampling has been shown to minimally affect local bee populations (Gezon et al. 2015), native bee populations in New Zealand have low diversity and may be highly localised (Donovan 2007). To ensure minimal impacts to uncommon species in a conservation area and to adhere to low-impact permitting requirements, lethal sampling of native bees was limited.

Bee samples were collected on non-transect days to identify species using keys in New Zealand Apoidea (Donovan 2007 p35-41). Flies were categorised in the field by size (very small: midge-like, small: < 0.5 cm, medium: 0.5 – 1.5 cm, large: > 1.5 cm) and either grouped as Syrphidae or non-Syrphidae flies for analyses. Other floral visitors were categorised by major taxonomic group without further identification, as they comprised a relatively small proportion of visitors.

Lasioglossum (Halictidae) were composed of two species, L. maunga (Donovan) and L. sordidum (Smith), which were not able to be distinguished during surveys. Hylaeus (Colletidae), another native bee genus, could not be identified to species in the field. The few specimens collected were of introduced and native species (H. asperithorax Rayment, an adventive Australian species, and H. relegates Smith, a native species). Leioproctus (Colletidae) were composed of several species, only one of which (L. fulvescens Smith) could

63

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects be identified visually during surveys. The majority of bumblebees seen during surveys were Bombus terrestris. One observation of either B. ruderatus or B. hortorum was made, when a forager briefly landed on the observer’s clipboard but no subsequent observations were made. Honey bees were readily distinguishable in the field and were likely all from commercial hives either introduced to plots or within the vicinity.

Commercial honey bee hives were provided by Alpine Honey Ltd (Wanaka, Otago, NZ), and were put at plots 1A, 2A, and 3A between 2 – 3 sampling date periods during each field season (52 days early field season 1, 29 days early field season 2). Hives were present during field season 1 from sampling periods 3 to 6, and during field season 2 from sampling periods 10 to 12 (Table 2.2). Hives chosen were all in healthy condition, had similar stored pollen and nectar resources, similar bee densities, and had been treated for varroa.

Pollen identification

Honey bee pollen was collected two ways. In the first field season foragers were randomly sampled by hand netting from returning bees during similar times of day. Pollen loads were frozen for later identification. During season 2, pollen traps from Beeline Supplies (Mosgiel, Otago, NZ) were placed below hives and left open. Sufficient numbers of returning foragers used the alternative entrance that it was not necessary to close the main entrance which may have affected behaviour. Pollen trays were emptied at each plot prior to the sampling time, and all loads collected sequentially from lowest to highest plots in the morning. Pollen loads were again frozen for identification after being labelled for plot location and sampling period.

Prior to pollen microscopy, pollen loads were sorted visually by colour into categories (Figure 3.1). Sorted pollen loads were weighed to calculate proportions of each colour-type and microscope slides prepared for identification by mounting and staining with heated fuschin gel following the methods of Bischoff (2008). In order to calculate relative plant species use, a proportional subsample of slides for each colour-type was examined. Slides were examined and photographed for identification using Pollen Grains of New Zealand Dicotyledonous Plants (Moar 1993) and the online Pollen Grains Reference Library (Cornell University).

64

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Figure 3.1 Pollen loads from honey bee foragers sorted by colour and weighed prior to identification of plant origin, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables.

Statistical analyses

Separate models were run for each bee taxon for early and late seasons and were analysed using the package VGAM in R version 3.2.3 (R Developmental Core Team 2013). Zero- truncated generalised linear models (VGLM; vlgm function) with log link functions were run for distributions consistent with positive negative binomial distributions which were appropriate for over-dispersed count data (Kallioniemi et al. 2017). Models analysed bee counts on flower species as dependant variables. Abiotic conditions (temperature, average wind speed, cloud cover) were included as explanatory variables, along with site, flower species, and the PFA of each species at each sampling point. For early season analyses, season was included as a factor. Models were compared using the Akaike Information Criterion (AIC) to justify interactive terms and identify the best fitting models. Models were further validated using residual diagnostics of simulated data to check over-dispersion and

65

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Pearson goodness of fit. Bees with very low counts from transect sampling (less than 5% of total counts) during a field season were excluded from analyses (Apis mellifera all seasons, Hylaeus all seasons, Bombus terrestris late season 1). Flowers were divided into high frequency utilisation (greater than the mean number of overall visits per flower and floral visitation presence for at least 25% of sampling date periods) and low frequency utilisation (below mean number of visits overall and no minimum sampling period usage) for model integration. After a basic model was created using all high frequency visited flowers, additional low frequency visitation flowers were added until residual error analysis indicated that the model no longer fitted the data. Due to low counts for some plant species, not all flowers were included in statistical modelling. These methods allowed for robust, integrated analyses of nonparametric floral usage patterns that consisted of high counts of low frequency visits and few counts of high frequency visits.

66

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Results

3.1 What are the patterns of pollinator community assemblages on The Remarkables?

3.1.1 Floral visitor summary and abundance

Overall, 15 831 insects were counted. Of these, there were 10 337 bees, 4 679 flies, and 815 other types of floral visitors. Overall, bees comprised 65% of all visitors, flies 30%, and all others 5% (Table 3.1). Bees belonged to five taxa: Apis mellifera, Bombus terrestris, Hylaeus, Lasioglossum, and Leioproctus (Figure 3.2). The most abundant visitors to flowers were native bees predominately from the genera Lasioglossum and Leioproctus, followed by Bombus terrestris and Apis mellifera. Observations of Hylaeus were comparatively rare.

Figure 3.2 Common species found on The Remarkables. Introduced bees: Bombus terrestris, Apis mellifera, and Hylaeus asperithorax; and native bees: Leioproctus fulvescens, Lasioglossum spp., and Hylaeus relegatus (photos from Donovan 2007).

67

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

For early field season 1 (November – January 2014 – 2015), 4973 insects were counted. There were 4 209 bees, 429 flies, and 335 other insects counted. Bees composed 84.6% of all visitors, flies 8.6%, and all others 6.7%.

For early field season 2 (November – January 2015 – 2016), 6032 insects were counted. There were 1 872 bees, 3 732 flies, and 428 other insects counted. Bees composed 31% of all visitors, flies 61.9%, and all others 7.1%. Of the 3732 flies counts, 2900 were composed of very small midge-like flies only found on Aciphylla lomondii.

For late field season 1 (February – April 2015), 4826 insects were counted. There were 4 256 bees, 518 flies, and 52 other insects counted. Bees composed 88.1% of all visitors, flies 10.7%, and all others 1.1%.

Table 3.1 Numbers and proportion of insect visitors on flowers recorded during field studies, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Field season Bees Flies Other insects Totals Early field season 1 4209 429 335 4973

Early field season 2 1872 3732 428 6032

Early field season 2 – without midge-like flies 1872 832 428 (3132)

Late field season 1 4256 518 52 4826

Combined totals 10337 4679 815 15831

Proportion Proportion Proportion Field season bees flies other insects Early field season 1 0.846 0.086 0.067 0.999

Early field season 2 0.31 0.619 0.071 1.00

Early field season 2 – without midge-like flies 0.60 0.265 0.135 1.00

Late field season 1 0.88 0.107 0.011 0.998

Overall proportions 0.65 0.3 0.05 1.00

68

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

3.1.2 Abiotic conditions

Mean temperatures taken during surveys varied for all field seasons. Early season 1 was warmest overall with highest temperatures up to 26°C recorded. Early season 2 had similar maximum temperatures but colder minimum temperatures (5°C). Late field season 1 had a narrower range of temperatures, corresponding to mid-late summer conditions. Early season 1 was significantly warmer than early season 2 (P < 0.001). Early season 1 was also significantly warmer than late season 1 (P < 0.001), though mean temperatures for early season 2 were similar to late season 1 (P = 0.641) (Figure 3.3a, Appendix C: Table C3.1b). There was no interactive effect between average wind speed and sky cover (P = 0.44). Temperatures correlated negatively with increasing cloud cover (P = 0.004) but not average wind speeds (P = 0.725) (Figure 3.3b, Appendix C: Figure C3.1, C3.2, Table C3.1a).

Figure 3.3 Boxplots of temperatures by (a) field seasons and (b) temperatures against wind speed during surveys across all field seasons, 2014 – 2016, The Remarkables.

69

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Different bee genera had different responses with respective weather conditions. During the early seasons, Lasioglossum numbers showed no correlation with temperature (P = 0.411) (Figure 3.4a) or wind (P = 0.697) but exhibited a significant negative relationship with cloud cover (sky conditions: P = 0.026) (Figure 3.4b, Appendix C: Table C3.2a). In the late season there were no significant relationships detected although trends were similar to those observed during the early seasons (temperature: P = 0.764, wind: P = 0.977, sky conditions: P = 0.895) (Appendix C, Table C3.3a). Leioproctus numbers had no correlations with abiotic conditions for either season except for cloud cover (sky conditions: P = 0.007) in early seasons (early seasons: temperature: P = 0.826, wind: P = 0.778; late season: temperature: P = 0.207, wind: P = 0.894, sky conditions: P = 0.522) (Figure 3.5, Appendix C: Table C3.4a, C3.5a). Bombus terrestris had no significant correlations with weather conditions for early seasons (early seasons: temperature: P = 0.083, wind: P = 0.436, sky conditions: P = 0.259) (Figure 3.6, Appendix C: Table C3.6a). The remaining bee groups, Apis mellifera and Hylaeus, had too few counts for analyses.

Figure 3.4 Lasioglossum counts plotted against (a) temperature and (b) sky conditions at The Remarkables sites during the 2014 – 2016 combined field seasons.

70

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Figure 3.5 Leioproctus counts plotted against (a) temperature and (b) sky conditions at The Remarkables sites during the, 2014 – 2016 combined field seasons.

Figure 3.6 Bombus terrestris counts plotted against (a) temperature and (b) sky conditions, The Remarkables, 2014 – 2016 early field seasons.

71

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

3.1.3 Specific visitor abundance over seasons

Mean bee abundances varied across field seasons. Two genera of native bees (Lasioglossum and Leioproctus) were the most abundant overall, followed by introduced bees (Bombus terrestris and Apis mellifera). Introduced bees had similar numbers to each other but were fewer in number than native genera excluding Hylaeus, which was the least abundant of all bees (Figure 3.7).

Native bees

Lasioglossum spp. comprised 25% (early season 1), 54.6% (early season 2), and 59.1% (late season 1) of bee counts. Overall Lasioglossum spp. comprised 44.4% of all bee counts and 28.8% of all insect visitor counts.

Leioproctus spp. comprised 47.9% (early season 1), 37.8% (early season 2), and 38.2% (late season 1) of bee counts. Overall Leioproctus spp. comprised 42.1% of all bee counts and 27.3% of all insect visitor counts.

Hylaeus spp. comprised only 0.5% (early season 1), 0.5% (early season 2), and 0.1% (late season 1) of bee counts. Overall Hylaeus spp. comprised 0.3% of all bee counts and 0.2% of all insect visitor counts.

Introduced bees

Apis mellifera comprised 3.5% (early season 1), 1.1% (early season 2), and 0.8% (late season 1) of bee counts. Overall A. mellifera comprised 1.9% of all bee counts and 1.3% of all insect visitor counts.

Bombus terrestris comprised 23.2% (early season 1), 6% (early season 2), and 1.9% (late season 1) of bee counts. Overall B. terrestris comprised 11.3% of all bee counts and 7.3% of all insect visitor counts.

72

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

73

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Flies

Flies (Diptera) were less abundant than bees and had variable counts for all field seasons. A very high emergence of very small dipterans (midge-like flies) in early season 2 accounted for the greatest difference in proportions (0.62 vs. 0.09). Excluding very small midge-like flies, the difference in proportions between early seasons was less extreme (0.265 vs. 0.09) (Table 3.1).

For fly groups, the number of Syrphid and non-Syrphid flies was about equal for all field seasons. Although there were only minor differences between the numbers of flies in each size class and groups of fly types, the major driver of seasonal differences and fly abundance overall were ‘very small’ flies. ‘Very small’ flies accounted for 63% of all flies for all field seasons but were nearly entirely represented only in early season 2. Excluding ‘very small’ flies, all types and groups were similar for all field seasons (Figure 3.8).

Figure 3.8 Sum of fly counts (a) by size (L: large, M: medium, S: small, very S: very small) (‘Syr’ = Syrphidae) and (b) by plant family group for all seasons combined, 2014 – 2016, The Remarkables.

74

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Other

All other insect groups were a minor component of floral visitors (5%). They were best represented by Orthoptera and Coleoptera. Lepidoptera were third highest in counts (Figure 3.9).

Figure 3.9 Sum of counts of all floral visitors other than bees and flies. Floral visitors grouped according to taxonomic group for all seasons combined, 2014 – 2016, The Remarkables.

75

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Figure 3.10 Sum of counts of major floral visitors other than bees and flies. (a) Plant utilization by Orthoptera, (b) Coleoptera, (c) and Lepidoptera for all seasons combined, 2014 – 2016, The Remarkables.

76

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

3.2 What are the patterns of insect floral usage? 3.2.1 Overall pollinator preferences for plant species

For all field seasons combined, Achillea millefolium (L.) attracted the majority of visits by bees. This was followed by Hieracium pilosella (L.), Hypochaeris radicata (L.), Lotus pedunculatus (Cav.), and Aciphylla lomondii (A. aurea, W.R.B.Oliv., see Chapter 2 footnote1). The degree of usage and relative preferences between floral species varied between bees over field seasons and sampling date periods (Figure 3.11).

Floral preferences of Lasioglossum

Lasioglossum visited the widest range of flowers of both introduced and native plant species, with records on up to 30 species. Lasioglossum notably utilised every common native species. Of the 30 species visited, 15 flowers were visited at sufficient frequencies to include in statistical modelling in the early seasons. For the late field season, only seven species were visited, five of which were included in modelling (Table 3.2).

For early field seasons combined, Aciphylla lomondii had the greatest number of counts. This is notable because this masting species only bloomed during early season 2, but counts were sufficiently high during this season to outnumber other flowering species over both seasons. Over all field seasons Achillea millefolium was the most visited and preferred species, though it was not preferred significantly in relation to all modelling factors more than Gaultheria sp. (P = 0.985), Aciphylla lomondii (P = 0.929), Cytisus scoparius (L.) (P = 0.503), Dracophyllum rosmarinifolium (Forst.f., P = 0.203), Pimelea sericeovillosa (Hook.f., P = 0.103), and Hieracium lepidulum (Stenstr., P = 0.073). All other plant species were visited at similarly lower frequencies (all P < 0.05) (Appendix C, Table C3.2b).

In the late season, 92% of visits were to A. millefolium. The second most visited plant species (3% of counts each) were the native species Dracophyllum uniflorum (Hook.f.) and Ozothamnus vauvilliersii (Homb. & Jacq.). Although they had dramatically fewer counts than A. millefolium, D. uniflorum (P = 0.093) and Hypochaeris radicata (P = 0.086) were similarly preferred to A. millefolium when all factors modelled were taken into account (Table 3.2, Appendix C: Table C3.3b). The remaining species were less preferred (Hieracium lepidulum: P = 0.032, Ozothamnus vauvilliersii: P = 0.012) or visited at very low frequencies (1% or less: Cirsium arvense L., Wahlenbergia albomarginata Hook.).

77

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Floral preferences of Leioproctus

Leioproctus visited the second most diverse group of both native and introduced species (Table 3.3). In the early season, three introduced species received the majority of visits: Hieracium pilosella (33%), Achillea millefolium (31%), and Hypochaeris radicata (21%), followed by Hieracium lepidulum (5%), and Aciphylla lomondii (2%). A. millefolium was the most preferred over all other species (all P < 0.001) (Appendix C, Table C3.4b).

In the late season, A. millefolium attracted 94% of all visits, with the remainder of counts composed of introduced and native species. Although A. millefolium was highly utilised, the native Ozothamnus vauvilliersii was similarly preferred relative to its abundance and temporal availability (P = 0.157). Hieracium lepidulum (P = 0.015) and Hypochaeris radicata (P = 0.029) were both relatively less preferred (Table 3.3, Appendix C: Table C3.5b).

Floral preferences of Hylaeus

Hylaeus were the rarest bees and were found exclusively on Wahlenbergia albomarginata (Campanulaceae) for all field seasons, but more often during the early seasons (Table 3.4).

Floral preferences of Bombus terrestris

Bombus terrestris visited a total of 18 species, most of which flowered in the early seasons. The majority of visits were to three introduced species: Lotus pedunculatus (64%), Trifolium repens (L.) (14%), and Cirsium arvense (11%). Relative to factors modelled, C. arvense was similarly preferred as L. pedunculatus (P = 0.273), and significantly more preferred than T. repens (P = 0.039) (Table 3.5, Appendix: Table C3.6b).

In the late season, there were far fewer bees counted (71 vs 1012) and visitation was more homogenous. B. terrestris visited mostly introduced species (Cirsium arvense, 18%; Trifolium repens, 20%; Echium vulgare, 21%; and Lotus pedunculatus, 23%), but also visited the native Dracophyllum uniflorum (15%). Achillea millefolium had only 2 visits (3%) (Table 3.5).

Floral preferences of Apis mellifera

The relatively few counts of Apis mellifera in the early seasons were mostly found on introduced plants in the family Fabaceae (82%) (Table 3.6). The most utilised species was Lotus pedunculatus (62%), followed by Trifolium repens (20%). The remainder of counts

78

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects were on introduced species with the exception of one count each on the native species Aciphylla lomondii and Dracophyllum rosmarinifolium. In the late season there were far fewer bees, all of which were found on introduced species. Achillea millefolium (42%) and Cirsium arvense (30%) made up the majority of visits.

Apis mellifera and Bombus terrestris were found mostly on the same species and can be discussed together in terms of floral preferences.

79

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Figure 3.11 Boxplots of bee counts by taxa against all plant species for all field seasons, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Red corresponds to early field season 1, yellow is early field season 2, and green is late field season 1.

80

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Table 3.2 Counts of Lasioglossum spp. on each flower species present for surveys from combined early field seasons and late field season 1, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Bolded rows indicate species included in analysis.

Counts Proportion Sampling periods Proportion of sampling Lasioglossum early seasons (sum) of counts present periods present Aciphylla lomondii 386 0.19 4 0.5 Hypochaeris radicata 302 0.15 7 0.88 Hieracium pilosella 257 0.12 7 0.88 Pimelea sericeovillosa 256 0.12 5 0.63 Achillea millefolium 209 0.1 3 0.38 Dracophyllum rosmarinifolium 111 0.05 5 0.63 Gaultheria sp. 103 0.05 3 0.38 Ranunculus gracilipes 100 0.05 6 0.75 Hieracium lepidulum 67 0.03 3 0.38 Cytisus scoparius 57 0.03 4 0.5 Ranunculus multiscapus 49 0.02 5 0.63 Wahlenbergia albomarginata 45 0.02 4 0.5 Celmisia gracilenta 41 0.02 5 0.63 Cirsium arvense 18 0.01 2 0.25 Anaphalioides bellidioides 17 0.01 4 0.5 Lotus pedunculatus 13 0.01 3 0.38 Ourisia caespitosa 7 0 2 0.25 Asteraceae sp. 6 0 2 0.25 Hieracium aurantiacum 6 0 2 0.25 Lobelia angulata 5 0 2 0.25 Hieracium caespitosum 4 0 2 0.25 Dracophyllum uniflorum 2 0 1 0.13 Rosa rubiginosa 2 0 1 0.13 Acrothamnus colensoi 2 0 2 0.25 Epilobium alsinoides 2 0 2 0.25 Discaria toumatou 1 0 1 0.13 Hypericum perforatum 1 0 1 0.13 Lamiaceae sp. 1 0 1 0.13 Leucopogon fraseri 1 0 1 0.13 Ozothamnus vauvilliersii 1 0 1 0.13

Counts Proportion Sampling periods Proportion of sampling Lasioglossum late season (sum) of counts present periods present Achillea millefolium 2302 0.92 2 0.67 Ozothamnus vauvilliersii 77 0.03 2 0.67 Dracophyllum uniflorum 71 0.03 2 0.67 Hypochaeris radicata 26 0.01 3 1 Hieracium lepidulum 20 0.01 2 0.67 Wahlenbergia albomarginata 13 0.01 2 0.67 Cirsium arvense 6 0 1 0.33

81

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Table 3.3 Counts of Leioproctus spp. on each flower species present for surveys from combined early field seasons and late field season 1, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Bolded rows indicate species included in analysis.

Counts Proportion Sampling periods Proportion of sampling Leioproctus early seasons (sum) of counts present periods present Hieracium pilosella 844 0.33 7 0.88 Achillea millefolium 785 0.31 5 0.63 Hypochaeris radicata 543 0.21 5 0.63 Hieracium lepidulum 127 0.05 5 0.63 Aciphylla lomondii 61 0.02 3 0.38 Celmisia gracilenta 53 0.02 5 0.63 Ranunculus multiscapus 47 0.02 3 0.38 Cirsium arvense 15 0.01 1 0.13 Carmichaelia monroi 14 0.01 1 0.13 Celmisia sp. 13 0.01 2 0.25 Hieracium caespitosum 11 0 2 0.25 Ourisia caespitosa 9 0 2 0.25 Echium vulgare 9 0 3 0.38 Asteraceae sp. 7 0 2 0.25 Hypericum perforatum 6 0 1 0.13 Leucopogon fraseri 4 0 2 0.25 Acrothamnus colensoi 2 0 1 0.13 Cytisus scoparius 2 0 1 0.13 Discaria toumatou 2 0 1 0.13 Lamiaceae sp. 2 0 2 0.25 Pimelea sericeovillosa 2 0 2 0.25 Brachyglottis bellidioides 1 0 1 0.13 Dracophyllum rosmarinifolium 1 0 1 0.13

Counts Proportion Sampling periods Proportion of sampling Leioproctus late season (sum) of counts present periods present Achillea millefolium 1523 0.94 3 1 Hypochaeris radicata 43 0.03 2 0.67 Hieracium lepidulum 19 0.01 2 0.67 Ozothamnus vauvilliersii 18 0.01 2 0.67 Hieracium pilosella 9 0.01 2 0.67 Cirsium arvense 5 0 1 0.33 Celmisia sp. 4 0 1 0.33 Celmisia gracilenta 2 0 1 0.33 Hypericum perforatum 1 0 1 0.33

82

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Table 3.4 Counts of Hylaeus spp. on each flower species present for surveys from combined early field seasons and late field season 1, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Counts on plant species other than Wahlenbergia albomarginata may be misidentifications.

Counts Proportion Sampling periods Proportion of sampling Hylaeus early seasons (sum) of counts present periods present Wahlenbergia albomarginata 12 0.55 4 0.5 Hieracium pilosella 4? 0.18? 4 0.5 Hypochaeris radicata 3? 0.14? 2 0.25 Achillea millefolium 2? 0.09? 1 0.13 Hieracium lepidulum 1? 0.05? 1 0.13

Counts Proportion Sampling periods Proportion of sampling Hylaeus late season (sum) of counts present periods present Wahlenbergia albomarginata 2 0.67 2 0.67 Hypochaeris radicata 1? 0.33? 1 0.33

83

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Table 3.5 Counts of Bombus terrestris on each flower species present for surveys from combined early field seasons and late field season 1, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Bolded rows indicate species included in analysis.

Counts Proportion Sampling periods Proportion of sampling Bombus early seasons (sum) of counts present periods present Lotus pedunculatus 644 0.64 4 0.5 Trifolium repens 146 0.14 8 1 Cirsium arvense 113 0.11 2 0.25 Hieracium lepidulum 29 0.03 2 0.25 Hypochaeris radicata 19 0.02 3 0.38 Leucopogon fraseri 17 0.02 5 0.63 Hieracium pilosella 11 0.01 4 0.5 Cytisus scoparius 7 0.01 1 0.13 Discaria toumatou 7 0.01 1 0.13 Dracophyllum uniflorum 6 0.01 1 0.13 Dracophyllum 5 0 3 0.38 rosmarinifolium Lobelia angulata 3 0 1 0.13 Achillea millefolium 1 0 1 0.13 Gaultheria sp. 1 0 1 0.13 Hieracium caespitosum 1 0 1 0.13 Lamiaceae sp. 1 0 1 0.13 Ourisia caespitosa 1 0 1 0.13

Counts Proportion Sampling periods Proportion of sampling Bombus late season (sum) of counts present periods present Lotus pedunculatus 16 0.23 3 1 Echium vulgare 15 0.21 3 1 Trifolium repens 14 0.2 1 0.33 Aciphylla lomondii 13 0.18 2 0.67 Dracophyllum uniflorum 11 0.15 2 0.67 Achillea millefolium 2 0.03 2 0.67

84

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Table 3.6 Counts of Apis mellifera on each flower species present for surveys from combined early field seasons and late field season 1, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables.

Counts Proportion Sampling periods Proportion of sampling Apis early seasons (sum) of counts present periods present Lotus pedunculatus 98 0.62 2 0.25 Trifolium repens 32 0.2 6 0.75 Cytisus scoparius 10 0.06 1 0.13 Hypochaeris radicata 6 0.04 2 0.25 Cirsium arvense 4 0.03 1 0.13 Hieracium pilosella 4 0.03 2 0.25 Achillea millefolium 2 0.01 1 0.13 Aciphylla lomondii 1 0.01 1 0.13 Dracophyllum rosmarinifolium 1 0.01 1 0.13

Counts Proportion of Sampling periods Proportion of sampling Apis late season (sum) counts present periods present Achillea millefolium 14 0.42 2 0.67 Cirsium arvense 10 0.3 3 1 Trifolium repens 6 0.18 2 0.67 Hypochaeris radicata 2 0.06 1 0.33 Lotus pedunculatus 1 0.03 1 0.33

85

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

3.2.2 Family level usage over field seasons

For all sampling periods Asteraceae attracted the majority of bee visits. The greatest number of bees visited introduced Asteraceae, for which counts exceeded all other groups combined. The next most utilised groups were ‘native other’ and introduced Fabaceae, followed by native Asteraceae, native Ericaceae, and ‘introduced other’ (Figure 3.12).

Over all sampling periods, all groups of bees showed significantly different patterns of plant family level and species utilisation, with considerable variation between seasons.

Figure 3.12 Sum of all bee counts for all seasons by plant family group, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Red are introduced plant family groups, blue are natives. I: introduced, N: native.

86

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

In early season 1, all bees primarily utilised introduced Asteraceae to different degrees. Leioproctus counts were highest, followed by Lasioglossum which was higher than introduced honey and bumblebees. Introduced Fabaceae were primarily utilised by introduced bees. ‘Introduced other’ families were utilised primarily by introduced bees and Lasioglossum. Native Asteraceae were not visited by introduced bees, but at similar levels by native bees. Native Ericaceae was rarely utilised by introduced bees, highly utilised by Lasioglossum, but not used by Leioproctus. ‘Native other’ family groups were primarily used by native bees at similar levels (Figures 3.13 – 3.15).

In early season 2, all bees also utilised introduced Asteraceae to different degrees. As in early season 1, Leioproctus counts were highest, followed by Lasioglossum and introduced bees. Introduced Fabaceae were primarily utilised by introduced bees with only a few visits from Lasioglossum. ‘Introduced other’ families were relatively under-utilised compared to other groups, which were visited to the same degree by introduced bees and Lasioglossum. Native Asteraceae were visited similarly by Leioproctus as by Lasioglossum, which was relatively low. Native Ericaceae was utilised mostly by Lasioglossum. ‘Other native’ family groups were primarily used by all bees, with native bees at similarly high levels compared to introduced bees, driven by usage of Aciphylla lomondii (Figures 3.13 – 3.15).

In late season 1, all bees utilised introduced Asteraceae to a greater degree than early seasons, driven primarily by very high visitation to Achillea millefolium. Native bee counts were similarly high compared with introduced bees. Introduced Fabaceae were only utilised by introduced bees. ‘Introduced Other’ families were the second most utilised after introduced Asteraceae, mainly by introduced bees and Lasioglossum. Native Asteraceae were visited mostly by Lasioglossum and not by introduced bees. Native Ericaceae was utilised mostly by Lasioglossum, somewhat by introduced bees, and not visited at all by Leioproctus. ‘Native other’ family groups were not visited in the late season (Figures 3.13 – 3.15).

87

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Figure 3.13 Boxplots of counts (log transformed) of Lasioglossum visiting (a) introduced plant family groups and (b) native plant family groups during each field season, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Red corresponds to early field season 1, yellow is early field season 2, and green is late field season 1.

Figure 3.14 Boxplots of counts (log transformed) of Leioproctus visiting (a) introduced plant family groups and (b) native plant family groups during each field season, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Red corresponds to early field season 1, yellow is early field season 2, and green is late field season 1.

88

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Figure 3.15 Boxplots of counts (log transformed) of introduced bees (combined Apis mellifera and Bombus terrestris) visiting (a) introduced plant family groups and (b) native plant family groups during each field season, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Red corresponds to early field season 1, yellow is early field season 2, and green is late field season 1.

89

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

3.2.3 Floral usage patterns by flies

For all field seasons combined, flies mostly utilised ‘native other’ plant families. However, visits to resources in ‘native other’ were heavily biased to Aciphylla lomondii in season 2 by large numbers of midge-like Diptera (Figure 3.16). Apart from Aciphylla lomondii, visitation patterns were relatively varied across many introduced species, especially Achillea millefolium. Flies utilised a wide range of native plants, particularly Dracophyllum spp., Ozothamnus vauvilliersii, Pimelea sericeovillosa, and Ranunculus spp.

Figure 3.16 Sum of fly counts by flower species for all seasons combined, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables.

90

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

3.2.4 Floral usage patterns by other groups

For all field seasons combined, other invertebrates comprised only 5% of observed floral visitors. Orthoptera, Coleoptera, and Lepidoptera were the most abundant visitors, with the remaining groups being minor contributors (Figure 3.9-10, Table 3.1). Each group had obvious preferences. Orthoptera were mostly composed of adults with some nymphs and presumed to be consuming pollen. These were found on introduced Asteraceae, mostly Hieracium pilosella and Hypochaeris radicata. Coleoptera were mostly small beetles of the same species found on a variety of flowers, also presumed to be feeding on pollen, and found predominantly on Aciphylla lomondii, Achillea millefolium, and Wahlenbergia albomarginata. Lepidoptera were mostly tussock butterflies (Argyrophenga antipodum Doubleday), and were encountered in flight or foraging on Achillea millefolium during surveys.

91

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

3.3 Does resource abundance (PFA) predict floral usage by bees?

For all field seasons, different bee types had different associations with Plot Floral Availability and with differing plant abundances associated with elevation.

Lasioglossum

Lasioglossum counts had significant positive correlations with Plot Floral Availability (Chapter 2) during early field seasons (P = 0.004), but not during late season 1 (P = 0.607) (Appendix: Table C3.2a, C3.3a). By plot, Lasioglossum consistently had greatest counts at mid-high elevation sites (sites 2 – 3) and fewer counts at the lowest site (site 1) (Figure 3.17).

Figure 3.17 Sum of counts of Lasioglossum spp. per plot for all seasons combined and each season individually, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Note differences in y-axes.

92

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Leioproctus

Leioproctus counts were not significantly correlated with Plot Floral Availability for early field seasons (P = 0.953) or late field season 1 (P = 0.744) (Appendix: Table C3.4a, C3.5a). By plot, Leioproctus had variable counts over all field seasons, with the greatest counts during early season 1 and late season 1. Lower and mid-elevations sites (Sites 1 and 2) showed consistently higher counts during all seasons (Figure 3.18).

Figure 3.18 Sum of counts of Leioproctus spp. per plot for all seasons combined and each season individually, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Note differences in y-axes.

93

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Hylaeus

Hylaeus bees were relatively rare and relationships with Plot Floral Availability could not be modelled. Presence was generally greater at low-mid elevation sites (Sites 1 and 2) in comparison with the highest site (Site 3) (Figure 3.19).

Figure 3.19 Sum of counts of Hylaeus spp. per plot for all seasons combined and each season individually, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Note differences in y-axes.

94

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Bombus terrestris

Bombus terrestris counts were significantly positively correlated with Plot Floral Availability during early field seasons (P = 0.002) (Appendix, Table C3.6a). Late season foraging was not able to be modelled due to low counts.

B. terrestris were most numerous during early field season 1. Bees were seen most often at the mid elevation site (site 2), and at similar levels at the low and high elevation sites (site 1 and 3). Early season 2 and late season 1 had similarly low levels and similar distributions of counts per plot (Figure 3.20).

Figure 3.20 Sum of counts of Bombus terrestris per plot for all seasons combined and each season individually, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Note differences in y-axes.

95

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Apis mellifera

Despite hive additions at 1A, 2A, and 3A (Figure 3.21) during early seasons, Apis mellifera had too few counts to model for all seasons and were similarly low across all sites except for plot 3A during early season 1. The very few counts during early seasons reflect the relative lack of foraging from honey bee hives within sites.

Figure 3.21 Sum of counts of Apis mellifera per plot for all seasons combined and each season individually, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Note differences in y-axes.

96

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

3.4 Do introduced bees overlap in resource utilisation with native bees?

There was no increase in the number of introduced bees, which included Apis mellifera, at the plots where they were added. A. mellifera numbers were not high enough to be statistically analysed, and declined from 3.5% of total bees in early season 1 to 1% of total bees in early season 2 when experimental bee hives were added. Only the early field seasons had enough Bombus terrestris foragers to be statistically analysed (23% and 6%), while B. terrestris in the late season made up only 2% of bees.

Data and field observations suggested that honey bees from hive additions did not stay and forage within plots. Very low honey bee numbers were consistently counted within plots with no changes after hive additions. Additionally, foragers were observed flying down the mountain away from sites and toward pasture and the town of Frankton (1.7 km distant).

A pollen analysis of returning foragers found that the predominant pollen type in all samples over all sampling periods were from introduced species (95%) (Table 3.7). Clover (Trifolium spp.) provided the highest proportion of pollen recorded, followed by a mix of non-clover introduced species. Non-clover pollen was predominately Asteraceae and mixed/collapsed pollen granules (24%). Asteraceae pollens were mostly identified as Hieracium/Hypochaeris and Achillea millefolium. The remaining pollen grains were a complex of collapsed and varied pollen grains, none of which matched with native local species. It is likely that these grains came from poor quality wild sources or domestic garden plants that were present within foraging range. A small percentage of pollen (1%) was identified as Apiaceae, likely Aciphylla lomondii based on hive location and local observations of honey bees on A. lomondii. Proportions for elevation were similar, albeit with higher proportions of clover at lower elevations and potential A. lomondii at higher elevations.

97

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Table 3.7 Proportion of pollen recovered from Apis mellifera foragers combined and at each plot/elevation, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Pollen identified from Fabaceae include mostly Trifolium spp. and other pollen consistent with Fabaceae pollen morphology. Asteraceae and Apiaceae were only reliably identifiable to the family level.

Plot elevation (m) Trifolium sp.; Fabaceae Asteraceae/Mixed Apiaceae 1A 930 0.78 0.21 0.00 2A 1150 0.75 0.23 0.02 3A 1320 0.72 0.27 0.01 Mean of all plots 0.75 0.24 0.01

98

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Discussion

3.1 What are the pollinator community assemblage patterns on The Remarkables?

3.1.1 Floral visitor summary and abundance

Pollinator communities on The Remarkables were composed of a mixture of native bees, introduced bees, flies, and other groups. Bees were observed to be the predominant flower visitors with highly variable abundances, which match the distributions of floral visitors in similar studies in New Zealand (Primack 1978; Howlett et al. 2005; Bischoff et al. 2013; Miller 2015). The representation of flies was complicated by very large numbers of small midges in early season 2 that were only found on Aciphylla lomondii, a mast flowering species that only blooms every few years. Excluding these midges, fly numbers between seasons were more similar and much lower than the numbers recorded for bees. The percentage of visitors that were bees ranged from approximately 65% to over 80% when excluding midges.

The most abundant visitors to flowers were native bees predominately from the genera Lasioglossum and Leioproctus. While Hylaeus were rare at the lower elevations of the study sites, they are known to be a significant pollinator in the local community at higher elevations (Bischoff et al. 2013; Miller 2015). Bumblebees were only common for one season and were all Bombus terrestris. Honey bees (Apis mellifera) were the least commonly observed species and their numbers did not show marked increases with honey bee hive additions within plots. A lack of suitable nesting habitat and harsh abiotic factors suggest it is unlikely that feral honey bees are present on The Remarkables.

3.1.2. Abiotic conditions

The negative impact of adverse weather conditions on native bees has been noted by Primack (1978) who also noted that flies are common floral visitors in cold, cloudy conditions, while native bees are noticeably absent until temperatures increase, where after they become the most abundant floral visitors. Primack’s (1978) observations on manuka (Leptospermum scoparium) were similar to patterns at The Remarkables sites, which were composed predominately of herbaceous native and introduced plants.

99

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

It should be noted that surveys were only conducted during weather conditions above a minimum temperature of 12°C, which biased activity observations towards weather ideal for bees, although some surveys were conducted in more adverse conditions without obvious differences in sightings of Diptera.

Lasioglossum and Leioproctus only had significant relationships with weather conditions during early seasons, specifically a positive correlation with sunny conditions. Both bee taxa were notably most abundant at mid-high elevation sites. They are known to be active at elevations up to 2 000 m (Bischoff 2008), over 500 m higher than the highest plot in this study, and are common at mid-elevations from 600 – 1 000 m (Donovan 2007). Heat loss is a greater issue for smaller bees than larger bees, due to the ratio of exposed surface area to volume. Although small bees lose heat faster, they are also able to warm up relatively quickly in direct sunlight. For similarly sized bees there are generally positive relationships between foraging activity and temperature (Fründ et al. 2013). Colder temperatures in the early seasons compared to the late season also likely contributed to activity patterns, as well as sampling requirements that surveys were conducted during ideal temperature conditions.

While no significant correlations with abiotic factors were found for bumblebees, they exhibit high degrees of cold tolerance, forage at lower temperatures, and are found at higher latitudes and elevations than other bees (Harder & Barclay 1994; Fründ et al. 2013). Larger insects with smaller surface to volume ratios, such as bumblebees, retain heat well and may even overheat in flight (Heinrich & Casey 1978; Harder & Barclay 1994). Unlike honey bees, bumblebees can forage before daylight and after dusk (Harder & Barclay 1994). These characteristics can give them advantages over other bees in montane areas. In New Zealand, Bombus terrestris workers and queens have been seen in adverse conditions on the tops of mountains from 1 600 – 2 500 m (personal observation, Donovan 2007 p151). Honey bees by contrast show less tolerance for activity in cold temperatures (foraging mainly between 24 – 30°C) but have the capability to conduct thermoregulation within the hive, which allows the hive to survive winter conditions and to be active when temperatures increase (Seeley 1978; Seeley & Visscher 1985).

As elevation increases, pollinator communities and abundances may potentially change as a result of decreasing temperatures. Other factors, such as a reduction in the amount of floral rewards may result in pollinator assemblages that require less metabolic energy to forage, such as flies (Arroyo et al. 1982; Hingston 1998).

100

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Flies are common pollinators in New Zealand, but compared to bees can be relatively less efficient in terms of the number of pollen grains transferred per visit (Newstrom & Robertson 2005; Bischoff et al. 2013). However, earlier in the season, during inclement weather, and at higher elevations, flies can be more active than bees and may have greater relative importance (Primack 1978; Inouye & Pyke 1988; Kearns 1992). At sites on The Remarkables, the relatively low abundance of flies compared to bees, in addition to lower pollinator efficiency, suggest their impact on pollination is less important. In addition, for all field seasons temperatures at sites were within the range suitable for all types of bees to forage simultaneously.

3.1.3 Specific abundances over season

Flower visitor abundances were variable for each season. Early seasons had two major differences. While early season 1 had similar numbers of Lasioglossum, there were about half as many Leioproctus and very low numbers of introduced bees. Early season 2 had lower median temperatures compared to early season 1, which may account for the reduced abundance of Leioproctus. Bombus terrestris were also present, but in lower abundances than in early season 1. It may be for both groups of bees that lower temperatures delayed emergence and or colony growth, as compared to early season 1.

3.2 What are the patterns of insect floral usage?

3.2.1 Floral selection patterns by bees

Introduced Asteraceae

The most utilised family by all bees was introduced Asteraceae, which had two major patterns of use. The most visited species was Achillea millefolium, and was utilised by all groups of bees possibly including Hylaeus. As a self-incompatible species, it depends on pollinators for reproduction. It has relatively high quality resources (pollen and nectar) that may act as local ‘magnets’ for species from across the landscape (Lofgren 2002; Miller 2015).

For colletid bees, Asteraceae are known to be an important pollen source (Müller & Kuhlmann 2008). A. millefolium in particular is sometimes a highly preferred species for Lasioglossum, which utilised the species in greatest numbers on The Remarkables (Fründ et

101

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects al. 2010). A. millefolium was the most preferred species by Leioproctus overall for all seasons. In California, A. millefolium was a consistent year to year “core generalist” plant species in networks that include pollinators such as A. mellifera and Bombus spp., meaning that it performs a consistently integral role as a resource compared to other plants in the community (Alarcón et al. 2008). Thus for all bees, A. millefolium is likely the most important annual resource on The Remarkables.

After A. millefolium, yellow Asteraceae from the genera Hieracium and Hypochaeris were utilised by all, but mostly by native bees. In previous studies on The Remarkables (Miller 2015), both genera were consistently visited mostly by native bees, had high resource quality (ranked higher than A. millefolium, but lower for nectar amounts), and ranked consistently as highly connected plants second to A. millefolium. Cirsium arvense was the third most utilised species in introduced Asteraceae by all groups of bees and was preferred by Bombus terrestris, but was not as abundant or widespread across sites as A. millefolium or yellow asters. Resource quality was comparable to A. millefolium for both pollen and nectar (Miller 2015, Table 3.4).

Temporally, yellow asters were generally available from early to mid-summer, making them an important early season resource. A. millefolium was not an early flowering species, but was available from mid to late-summer. C. arvense was a mid-late season resource, and flowered in conjunction with A. millefolium.

Introduced Fabaceae

Native bees foraged to a relatively limited extent on introduced Fabaceae. Although Fabaceae provide high quality resources in terms of both pollen and nectar, native bee usage was likely limited due to floral morphology which makes resources difficult to access by short-tongued bees (Newstrom & Robertson 2005). Honey bees and bumblebees preferred to use species of introduced Fabaceae (Lotus pedunculatus and Trifolium repens in particular) whenever they were available and were consistent year to year visitors on this family in The Remarkables (Miller 2015). Observations from New Zealand show that all species of Bombus show preferences for introduced Fabaceae (Donovan 2007 p152-160). While there were few honey bee foragers at sites, Fabaceae are also known as important resources for honey bees and were preferred at sites where present (Huryn 1995; Goulson & Hanley 2004; Howlett & Donovan 2010). Different species of introduced Fabaceae were available from early to late season, which made them a constant resource for visitors across the season.

102

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Other introduced plant families

All other introduced plant family groups were not major resources for any bees. Visits by introduced bees were primarily towards Echium vulgare (L., Boraginaceae) and a Lamiaceae sp., both groups of which are often visited by introduced and native bees in New Zealand (Donovan 2007).

Native Asteraceae

Native Asteraceae had three species that were mainly visited. Two (Celmisia gracilenta Hook.f. and Anaphalioides bellidioides G.Forst.) flowered in the early season, and one (Ozothamnus vauvilliersii) flowered late. Leioproctus visited all species, although most records for A. bellidioides were from Lasioglossum. Records for A. bellidioides are consistent with Miller (2015), who noted that although floral rewards are relatively low, Lasioglossum were common visitors. Although the use of native Asteraceae was consistent for preferential usage of Asteraceae in general by native bees, introduced bees did not visit these species at all. The lack of introduced bees on C. gracilenta may be due to the small size and low relative rewards compared to resources otherwise available. O. vauvilliersii had no visits by introduced bees in this study or in previous research (Miller 2015), but were readily visited by native species and highly preferred by Leioproctus. Although O. vauvilliersii is a high quality resource in terms of pollen (Miller 2015, Table 3.4), the lack of visits by introduced bees may be explained by the greater availability of other resources with both pollen and nectar that were flowering at the same time.

Native Ericaceae

Native Ericaceae were only visited by Lasioglossum and Bombus terrestris. Most species flowered in the early seasons, although one species of Dracophyllum flowered in the late season. Lasioglossum regularly visited all species of Ericaceae except Leucopogon fraseri (Hook.f.), which was an early flowering species often visited by B. terrestris. Resource quality information was only available for L. fraseri, which was ranked relatively low, containing small amounts of measurable pollen but moderate amounts of nectar (Miller 2015, Table 3.4). As native bees do not store nectar, the lack of pollen may be an important factor limiting visitation. More information on the relative availabilities of pollen and nectar in Dracophyllum and Gaultheria flowers are needed before any clear conclusions are possible.

103

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Although scoring relatively lower in visits than other families, Ericaceae as a group are important for Bombus spp. in their native ranges. The Ericaceae are one of several plant families with species whose anthers restrict pollen access only to pollinator groups such as bumblebees which can sonicate (or buzz) at particular frequencies to release pollen (De Luca & Vallejo-Marin 2013). Honey bees and native bees lack this ability. Although native Ericaceae did not evolve with buzz-pollinating bees, they have the same floral morphology. The innate preferences for plants with morphologically similar co-evolved floral characteristics may affect visitation rates (Schemske & Bradshaw 1999).

Other native plant families

The most ubiquitously visited ‘native other’ species was Aciphylla lomondii, which only flowered in early season 2. A. lomondii ranked highest on Miller’s (2015) floral reward index scale, with male flowers ranked highest for pollen but having no nectar. A. lomondii was consistently the most widely utilised plant species for pollinators when it flowered for the 2015 – 2016 field season and Miller’s (2015) 2012 – 2013 season. Most plant species included in remaining native plant families corresponded to the “small bee syndrome” (Chapter 2) described by Newstrom & Robertson (2005). Notably, a species of Leioproctus was the only visitor to Carmichaelia monroi (Hook.f.), the sole member of native Fabaceae that was rare at sites. Lasioglossum visited most species in this group, but only Pimelea sericeovillosa was highly preferred in this category in addition to A. lomondii. Wahlenbergia albomarginata was the only flower where Hylaeus bees were reliably seen or captured. All ‘native other’ species flowered early-mid season and were generally the only flowers available at higher elevations early in the season. Introduced bees had limited visits to plants in this group.

3.2.2 Floral selection patterns by flies and other visitors

Other visitors to flowers in the study area included in descending order of most inclusive taxonomic group: Orthoptera (grasshoppers, katydids), Coleoptera (small beetles), Lepidoptera (moths, butterflies), Hymenoptera excluding Formicidae (mostly wasps), Hemiptera (true bugs), Formicidae (ants), Thysanoptera (thrips), and Acarini (mites). The composition of these groups were similar to the typical floral visitors observed by Heine (1937) in New Zealand.

Orthoptera (nymphal and adult forms) were almost always found on Asteraceae, particularly yellow asters. Orthoptera consume pollen, but are rarely effective pollinators (Krassilov et al.

104

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

2007; Micheneau et al. 2010). Coleoptera were the second most abundant visitor, and were mostly composed of one species of small beetle found in abundance during early season 2 on Aciphylla lomondii inflorescences. Coleoptera are common floral visitors and are often important pollinators that consume both pollen and nectar (Irvine & Armstrong 1990). Their relative importance on The Remarkables to focal species may be limited due to relatively small number of observations. Lepidoptera were the third most abundant group seen during surveys, but were seldom seen actively foraging. When foraging they were most often sighted on Achillea millefolium. Other Hymenoptera were fourth most abundant, and were composed mostly of wasps. The least numerous groups were Thysanoptera and Acarini, both solely found in the flowers of Wahlenbergia albomarginata. Thysanoptera are small insects that eat pollen, nectar, and flowers. They are known to be pollinators in New Zealand (Norton 1984), but were only found in limited numbers on Wahlenbergia albomarginata.

While flies are known to be major pollinators worldwide and in New Zealand particularly at higher elevations, sites where flies were present were most likely at elevations where bees are the most important group (Newstrom & Robertson 2005; Bischoff 2008; Bischoff et al. 2013; Rader et al. 2016). Most overlap between bees and flies took place on small native flowers visited by Lasioglossum. Some of these plants were considered by Bischoff et al. (2013) who found that bees were more efficient pollinators, even if less abundant. However, bees were as abundant or more so on every plant species in the present study. In addition, while flies and other insects comprised approximately 35% of all floral visitors, excluding small midges (found only on from Aciphylla lomondii during early season 2) reduced their relative percentage to 20%. In general, the composition of visitors, dispersal abilities, and relative abundances on specific flowers made any particular non-bee group unlikely to be significant pollinators in comparison.

3.3 Does resource abundance (PFA) predict floral usage by bees?

The majority of native bees in New Zealand have been observed visiting both introduced and native plants of a diverse group of families (Donovan 2007 p180-197) and their floral choices at sites reflected broad usage, but with general preferences.

Lasioglossum counts correlated with Plot Floral Availability (PFA) during early seasons but not late seasons. The early season relationship with PFA for Lasioglossum is potentially

105

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects explained by the greater diversity of resources available during the early season than in the late season. Lasioglossum was the most generalist species overall and in terms of its floral repertoire, utilising widespread and abundant resources although a few species were disproportionately preferred when present. The lack of relationship in the late season is likely due to far fewer flowers available. Of those available, Achillea millefolium was overwhelmingly visited despite being relatively limited in the area of the plot present (PFA). Thus the relationship with PFA in the late season was not significant as in the early seasons because one generally uncommon floral resource was dominantly preferred.

Lasioglossum had a particularly wide range of preferences that included the most native species, which matched Donovan’s (1980) observations that this genus will utilise whatever is accessible. The correlation of Plot Floral Availability also suggests that floral abundance is a potential predictor of floral use. However, Lasioglossum did exhibit preferences for particular flower species irrespective of abundance, which contributes to findings that despite the genus being known as generalists there are indeed specific preferences (Lord 2008; Campbell et al. 2010).

Leioproctus had no correlation with PFA during either field season, suggesting a degree of specialisation on two species of Asteraceae (Achillea millefolium, Ozothamnus vauvilliersii). While this genus used the second greatest diversity of flowers, over 80% of counts were only to three species and only five species were included in its common floral repertoire. As the model incorporated abundance of flowers, the two most preferred species were not necessarily the most utilised. In that regard, A. millefolium was disproportionately preferred. This species had relatively low PFA values compared to the other utilised species, which would have confounded any positive correlation with PFA. In the late season there was also no significant correlation of bee preferences with PFA likely for the same reason as with Lasioglossum. Though A. millefolium comprised 92% of visits, it was not widespread through the plots. As Achillea millefolium was relatively less abundant, it represented a highly concentrated and preferred resource for Leioproctus as well as Lasioglossum particularly in the late season.

Hylaeus were only found in very low abundances. The relative abundance of Hylaeus did not seemingly relate to the abundance of W. albomarginata, which was relatively common throughout the study sites. The observations of Hylaeus on W. albomarginata agreed with

106

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Bischoff’s (2008) observations that the genus prefers Wahlenbergia and is an important pollinator.

In the early season, although only three plant species were included in the model, Bombus terrestris had a positive correlation with PFA, preferring the abundant species Lotus pedunculatus. It should also be noted that B. terrestris did not visit the most abundant (highest potential PFA) plant species in numbers high enough to be included in the model. Of species visited, Lotus pedunculatus was most preferred (64%) and had the highest PFA of the three species, suggesting that B. terrestris is relatively generalist among its Fabaceae-centred floral repertoire. A late season model for B. terrestris could not be analysed.

Introduced bees Apis mellifera and Bombus terrestris had the most restricted choices of both introduced and native plant species at study sites, particularly for Lotus pedunculatus and Trifolium repens. Both Lasioglossum and Leioproctus are known to visit Trifolium repens (Malone et al. 2010; Sawrey 2012), but no visits were observed. Both species are relatively high in nectar content compared to other introduced and native species on The Remarkables (Miller 2015, Table 3.4). In New Zealand, only honey bees and bumblebees store nectar (Donovan 2007). A stronger preference of introduced honey bees and bumblebees for nectar resources may provide a mechanism for explaining the differences in floral choices between native and introduced bees.

3.4 Do introduced social bees overlap in resource utilisation?

Introduced bees were composed of two species that were present in varying abundances, though grouped together they exhibited similar patterns of floral visitation. Bumblebees were only present in low numbers and foraged mostly on different flowers than native bees, likely having little effect on native bee numbers or presence. Honey bees followed similar patterns of floral utilisation as bumblebees. The abundance of honey bees did not increase when hives were added and the number of native bee foragers were likewise not affected. This was in contrast to other studies, which generally used much greater densities of honey bees (Thomson 2004; Paini & Roberts 2005; Badano & Vergara 2011), although in New Zealand, increasing densities of honey bees may not necessarily affect the densities of native bees where resources are abundant (Murphy & Robertson 2000).

107

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

The diversity of insect pollinators can vary dramatically over elevational gradients depending on abiotic factors (Primack 1978; Arroyo et al. 1982), which can confound any clear conclusions. Although species used by honey bee foragers (by way of pollen analyses) were present at plots, the relative scarcity of foragers within plots suggest that honey bees had stronger preferences for potentially higher densities of resources at greater distances than the local native and introduced plant community. In addition, the presence of honey bee foragers to the large floral displays of Aciphylla lomondii did not equate to significant amounts of pollen gathered. Notably, the pollen quality of Aciphylla lomondii was the highest of all species measured (including the majority pollen of sampled from foragers, e.g., Trifolium repens, Achillea millefolium, Hypochaeris radicata, Lotus pedunculatus) according the Floral Resource Index quantified by Miller (2015). Even with high quality pollen, individual Aciphylla plants may be too dispersed in the landscape to attract significant numbers of honey bees away from highly concentrated resources, particularly if those resources were nectar rich.

Native bees mostly require pollen in provisioning nesting sites, using nectar only to moisten pollen stores (Brad Howlett, Barry Donovan, personal communication). Native plants common in the study ranked relatively low in terms of nectar availability, compared to the species that bumblebees and honey bees were selecting to visit. This suggests that nectar may be the main driver for floral choice compared to native bees, which do not store nectar. Bumblebees were more likely to overlap with native bees for floral resources during the early seasons, particularly on native Ericaceae with significant nectar resources (Miller 2015, Table 3.4). Competition may be limited during this time by the relatively low abundances of foragers as bumblebee colonies establish. Most visits to native Ericaceae in the early seasons were queens. Goulson & Hanley (2004) observed queens foraging until January, suggesting colonies were not yet established. In late season 1, more foragers were workers, but the greater availability of introduced Fabaceae and decrease in native Ericaceae flowering also suggest partitioning for different preferred resources that native bees did not utilise. Bumblebee numbers in New Zealand are likely limited by nesting availability rather than resources (Howlett & Donovan 2010), which would also limit overall numbers. Bumblebees overlapped mostly with honey bees for floral choices, but did not show any displacement potentially due to low numbers of honey bees foraging in the area. Other studies have shown that even where honey bee densities increase from hive additions, Bombus numbers may not be as affected compared to native bees (Artz et al. 2011).

108

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Thus it appears that introduced bees do not compete with native bees for resources in this habitat because significant resources are clearly partitioned, are available elsewhere, or are otherwise not limiting. In addition, peak abundances of native and introduced bees take place during the highest availability of floral resources, including Trifolium spp. (Howlett & Donovan 2010, Barry Donovan personal communication). The relative scarcity of honey bee and bumblebee foragers compared to native bees at higher elevations also suggests that native bees are better adapted to exploit available resources. Native bees have small foraging ranges compared to honey bees, foraging generally less than 1 km (Zurbuchen et al. 2010) and limiting their floral choices to local pollen resources. New Zealand Leioproctus can forage up to 2 km, but only if local resources if limited (Brad Howlett, Barry Donovan, personal communication). Lasioglossum bees were observed making repeated visits to Pimelea sericeovillosa flowers only 10 centimetres away from nest sites, suggesting that native bee floral usage can be extremely local (personal observation, December 2015). Introduced social bees by contrast can forage several kilometres distant from hives/nests, far beyond the maximum ranges observed for native bees (Michener 2000; Wolf & Moritz 2008), which can limit competition in some areas while increasing in others. Additional hives may have had more of an effect at inundating study sites with honey bees but numbers of experimental hives were logistically limited. However, because preferred nectar resources are probably not limiting at lower elevations in the area (exotic pasture species including Trifolium repens), similar patterns of non-overlapping floral usage could likely result.

Summary

Though flies are known to be important pollinators in New Zealand, particularly at higher elevations, bees were the most abundant floral visitor at all sites. In addition to numbers, the relative inefficiency of known fly visitors to flowers as compared to bees may make their pollination contributions relatively minor at elevations studied.

Native bees were most abundant, and there was no evidence of competitive interactions with introduced bees in this habitat. While there was significant variation in the abundances of introduced bees, research from previous years confirmed that they were relatively uncommon in the area. Introductions of additional honey bee hives did not result in a significant increase in honey bees, which were likely foraging at lower elevations based on pollen analysis and direct observations.

109

Chapter 3 Floral usage by introduced and native bees, and potential competitive effects

Introduced and native bees used a wide variety of floral resources but had preferences that did not generally overlap with each other. Flowers heavily utilised by all bees were also abundant and did not appear to be a limiting resource. Year to year preferences were consistent for this study and for previous years (Miller 2015), including during mast years for Aciphylla lomondii.

Floral preferences are likely relevant to the life history traits of each bee type. Solitary bees do not require the same proportion of nectar to pollen as the social introduced bees, which may bias preferences towards collecting pollen over nectar. Evidence from The Remarkables suggest little if any competition for resources between native and introduced bees in this habitat, but competition within native and introduced groups may be more likely.

110

Chapter 4

Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Introduction

Of the social bees, the most familiar are the Western honey bee (Apis mellifera Linnaeus) and bumblebees (Bombus spp.). The honey bee is the most well-known of these due to the domestication of the species and millennia of recorded interactions (O’Toole & Raw 2004). While there are several species in the genus Apis, the honey bee is the most familiar. Their high degree of sociality and hive longevity is uncommon among the life histories of most bee species (Michener 2000; O’Toole & Raw 2004). Bumblebees are another well-known social bee. There are approximately 250 species in the genus Bombus. Mostly Holarctic in distribution, they also extend south through areas of cool climates in South America and Asia (Michener 2000; Goulson 2003a). Compared with honey bees, bumblebees have a less complex social system and nest in seasonal colonies. After honey bees they are the most recognisable bees due to their large size and contrasting colours. Although not domesticated in the same manner as honey bees, reared bumblebee colonies are increasingly used for the pollination of high-value glasshouse crops, such as tomatoes (Velthuis & Doorn 2006).

Bees are integral for the production of many agricultural products, and while honey bees have become the most recognised pollinator, the role that wild insect pollinators play has been increasingly acknowledged (Garibaldi et al. 2013). How bees compete with other pollinators for resources, particularly between honey bees and other species, has been a topic of ongoing research (Donovan 1980; Huryn 1997; Roubik & Wolda 2001; Goulson 2003b; Paini 2004; Paini & Roberts 2005; Roubik et al. 2009; Howlett & Donovan 2010).

The ongoing decline of bee populations worldwide over the last several decades has been of public concern in regards to the loss of ecosystem services (i.e., pollination) and biodiversity (Goulson et al. 2008, 2015; Potts et al. 2010). How bees partition resources (particularly in relation to honey bees) in terms of floral use and overlap is a topic of ongoing research (reviewed by Huryn 1997; Goulson et al. 2002b; Goulson 2003b; Dupont et al. 2004; Thomson 2004b; reviewed by Paini 2004; Paini & Roberts 2005; Semida & Elbanna 2006; Walther-Hellwig et al. 2006; Franco et al. 2009; Roubik et al. 2009; Artz et al. 2011; Hudewenz & Klein 2013, 2015; Goras et al. 2016; Lindström et al. 2016).

Western honey bee (Apis mellifera)

As a result of its importance to agriculture and economic significance, the Western honey bee (Apis mellifera) has been intensively studied for decades. The earliest Apis bee fossils were

112

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers found in Europe from the early Oligocene, 38 – 26 million years ago (mya) (Zeuner & Mannning 1976). Today there are 11 species, although the systematics and species number are frequently being revised (Michener 2000). The genus Apis is primarily tropical, with the natural range of A. mellifera being Eurasia and Africa. Humans have since introduced A. mellifera worldwide by way of beekeeping activities (Michener 2000). Detailed information on honey bee ecology can be found in Seeley (1985).

As their name suggests, honey bees produce and store honey by converting nectar into a stored food source that is highly sought-after by humans and other animals. Evidence of human interactions with honey bees are portrayed from artistic depictions and beeswax residues dating from up to 15 000 years before present from Africa, Asia, and Europe (Pager 1973; Seeley 1985; Dams 2015; Roffet-Salque et al. 2015). The foundations of modern beekeeping began in Europe in the Middle Ages (17th century), culminating with the invention of the Langstroth hive in 1851 (Galton 1971; Naile 1976). The Langstroth hive allowed for free removal and replacement of hive combs between hive boxes without destruction of the hive, which permitted more efficient beekeeping and also behavioural research (Seeley 1985).

Information on the life cycle of honey bees can be found in Seeley (1985) and is summarised here. Honey bees form large colonies that usually consist of about thirty thousand workers and one queen that can live for three years or more. Most honey bees will mature into workers, with a small proportion of the colony that develops into two types of reproductive castes: drones (males) and new queens. An egg develops into a worker, drone, or new queen through control of egg fertilisation and food types. Drones are born from unfertilised eggs, and new queens are born from fertilised eggs whose larvae are fed a larger proportion of food than developing workers with particularly high sugar concentrations (royal jelly). Usually only queens lay eggs, although workers can begin to lay eggs in the absence of a queen and her associated pheromones. Honey bees are noted for the specialised roles of workers at different ages. Young workers begin as maintenance and caretaker bees within the hive before becoming forager bees (Michener 1969). New colonies are established via swarming behaviour, where the season and conditions within the hive cause scout bees to search for an appropriate nesting site. Positive feedback from returning scouts will lead to a consensus on the most attractive site, which will then direct a proportion of the colony to swarm to that site and begin a new colony with the old queen.

113

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Honey bees have the ability to communicate information about potential food resources as well as potential hive locations (von Frisch 1967; Seeley et al. 1991). The communicative behaviour of honey bees was discovered by Karl von Frisch and is described in von Frisch (1967). In brief, honey bees communicate by performing waggle dances. These dances involve vibrational dances in small figure eight patterns. Directional information, distance, and flower quality is provided by the intensity of vibration, orientation and duration of dances, and odour cues (von Frisch 1967; Seeley 1985). The ability to communicate the location of flowers allows for rapid recruitment of high numbers of foragers to high quality resources. The ability to store large amounts of nectar in a non-perishable form allows for hive stability during hive growth and when resources are scarce. This ready store of resources gives a competitive advantage to honey bees during early flowering seasons, when resources are sporadic, or when weather is changeable (Seeley 1978, 1985, 1989).

Since the invention of transportable hives, honey bee colonies have become relied upon for agricultural pollination (Morse & Calderone 2000; Losey & Vaughan 2006). Estimates of the economic value of honey bee pollination range from $2.1 to 16.4 billion dollars (2003 US dollars) (Losey & Vaughan 2006). Precise estimates of economic value suffer from the difficulty in differentiating the substantial pollination value of honey bees from the significant contribution made by other insects (Garibaldi et al. 2013; Rader et al. 2016). In addition to the monetary value of pollination services, the increase in agricultural yield from honey bee pollination has become integral to food production (Kremen et al. 2007; Breeze et al. 2011). Multiple factors have combined in recent years to cause concern for honey bee populations. Honey bees have suffered greatly from pesticide use, diseases exacerbated by the global nature of apiculture, and land use intensification (Chapter 1). As a result of their importance in agriculture and other industries, the decline in honey bees has attracted notable public and scientific attention (Potts et al. 2010).

Bumblebees

Bumblebee fossils date back as far as the Oligocene era but are notably sparse in the fossil record (Zeuner & Mannning 1976). It is likely that the group originated in Asia, their centre of greatest diversity, before spreading through Europe to North and South America (Williams 1985). There are approximately 250 known species, all of which are in the genus Bombus (Michener 1990; Williams 1994). Up to 20% of Bombus species are parasites on other bees, utilising food that others have gathered to provision their own offspring (Pedersen 1996).

114

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Bumblebees are adapted to cold conditions by being relatively large, covered in insulating hairs, and capable of endothermy (Heinrich 1993). Consequently, the natural range of the genus is largely at high latitudes and elevations (Williams 1985). Bumblebee thermoregulation was one of the first examples of endothermy studied in insects (Heinrich 1979). At rest, bumblebees are ectothermic but require internal temperatures above 30°C for flight (Heinrich 1971). To reach these temperatures bumblebees can shiver their flight muscles, or potentially burn sugars in flight muscles without shivering (Newsholme et al. 1972). Bumblebees can avoid overheating by moving excess heat into the abdomen to dissipate into the environment (Heinrich 1976a). Heat created from the thorax can also be used inside the colony for thermoregulation and reducing the duration of larvae and egg development (Heinrich 1979).

The life cycle of bumblebees has been described extensively (Alford 1975; Goulson 2003a) and is summarised here. Bumblebee colonies have a queen and a rudimentary division of labour. Colonies are founded by mated queens that emerge from hibernation in late winter or early spring. Bombus terrestris (Latreille) queens generally emerge in late winter (February or March in the northern hemisphere). Emergence is often strongly linked to the availability of floral resources, particularly in arctic and sub-arctic species (Vogt et al. 1994). New queens search for cavity nesting sites, such as underground burrows or in dense vegetation. A queen begins a colony by laying between 8 and 16 eggs that she provisions herself. The eggs hatch after about 4 days and the larvae consume collected pollen and nectar. Total development time until adulthood takes approximately one month. After the first workers emerge, resource collection is transferred to the workers from the queen and the hive begins to grow rapidly (Goulson et al. 2002a). Generally, the production of workers begins to drop and the production of males and new queens begins when colonies reach a critical size, dependant on species. Males depart the colony after a few days to look for a mate and do not return. New queens forage, remain at the hive, and store fat reserves. They generally mate once and begin to look for a hibernation site. Some Bombus species can have multiple generations per year (Beekman et al. 1999), and in mild climates (such as in New Zealand) the colony may overwinter (Cumber 1949).

Bumblebees exhibit differences in size among workers related to resource availability and caste. Queens are generally much larger than workers, although the average size of new workers increases as the hive stores more resources (Alford 1975). The mechanism for the creation of queens is likely to be driven by pheromones, which alter particular developmental

115

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers pathways leading to greater food consumption and longer pupal development (Cnaani et al. 1997). Bumblebees are popular study organisms for foraging research since they are large, conspicuous, and can be readily observed and handled in a wide range of conditions (Goulson 2003a). Thus, they have been utilised for a range of behavioural studies, from memory to foraging efficiency in a variety of environments (Goulson 2003a).

Goulson et al. (2008) described the extensive decline of Bombus spp. in Europe and North America over the last several decades. Declines are generally associated with increasing intensification of agriculture and subsequent habitat loss. The loss of resources, nesting habitat, and extensive use of pesticides are considered three major factors in the decline of Bombus spp., especially rare and uncommon species (Goulson et al. 2008).

Competition between Apis and Bombus

Competition between bee species for resources, especially where social species are abundant, is an ongoing topic of research (Chapter 1). Bumblebee species may partition resources among themselves by exploiting flowers of differing corolla lengths by means of differing tongue (proboscis) lengths (Heinrich 1976b). Other methods of niche partitioning include differences in nesting habitat, seasonal timing of emergence, pollen preferences, and foraging ranges (Westphal et al. 2006).

Honey bees are assumed to be important competitors for floral resources due to the large number and range of plant species visited, and high densities of foragers that can sometimes be found on flowers (Huryn 1997). Honey bees generally do not show aggressive interference competition (Goulson 2003b); however, many studies around the world report negative impacts of honey bees on native bees and bumblebees (Huryn 1997; Goulson 2003b; Paini 2004). Negative impacts may result from indirect exploitative competition where resources are depleted (Schaffer et al. 1979, 1983; Roubik & Moreno 1986; Dupont et al. 2004), from other bees being deterred from foraging (Roubik 1978; Eickwort & Ginsberg 1980), if reproductive success is reduced (Paini & Roberts 2005; Leong et al. 2016), and in cases of direct displacement of smaller bees (Gross & Mackay 1998).

In regards to their specific impact on bumblebees, there is evidence that honey bee presence contributes to smaller average sizes of worker bumblebees foraging in the same area (Goulson & Sparrow 2009). The size of worker bumblebees affects their energetic efficiency and foraging ability, and the increased energy expenditure may imply fitness consequences (Heinrich 1976b; Spaethe & Weidenmüller 2002). A study by Thomson (2004) examining

116

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers reproductive success of bumblebees in the presence of honey bees, reported a reduction in bumblebee gyne (potential new queens) numbers, gyne ratio, mean gyne size, and male sightings with increasing proximity to honey bee hives. Evidence of reduced bumblebee fitness from these studies implies that honey bees are able to outcompete bumblebees. Changes in bumblebee foraging behaviour has also been noted in experiments without reductions in bumblebee abundance (Walther-Hellwig et al. 2006). It follows, therefore, that a dramatic reduction in honey bee populations could result in substantial changes for other pollinators with positive consequences for their fitness and pollination potential through increased resource availability.

In New Zealand, Wratt (1968) suggested that honey bees competed with bumblebees for pollen on red clover (Trifolium pratense L.) and lucerne (Medicago sativa L.) based on observed foraging associations. Since then, few experiments have been conducted on honey bee competition in New Zealand. A study at Tongariro National Park in New Zealand addressing the potential impact of honey bee hive additions on introduced plant reproduction, native plant pollination, and native pollinator communities showed significant reductions in dipteran floral visitors. However, bumblebees were not observed (Murphy & Robertson 2000). While honey bees use many of the same flower species as native bees (Huryn 1995), anthropogenic factors such as habitat loss may have more significant impacts on bee populations (Donovan 1980). Bumblebees also share similar floral resources with honey bees but availability of suitable nesting sites may be a more important limiting factor for bumblebee populations (Donovan 1980; Howlett & Donovan 2010). How honey bees and bumblebees interact in New Zealand is still an open question and of particular interest due to the recent negative impact on honey bees from Varroa destructor, and the economic value of apiculture (Chapter 1).

Summary and aims

This chapter focuses on the potential competitive interactions between honey bees and bumblebees under various resource conditions in a controlled environment under consistent temperatures and controlled availability of resources. Unfortunately, attempts to include native bees in the glasshouse failed due to the difficulty in rearing/collecting sufficient numbers and the respective emergence timings. Honey bee colonies contain thousands of workers while bumblebee colonies are typically only in the low hundreds. Large numbers of

117

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers honey bee foragers have the potential to overwhelm resources and displace bumblebees, which often share similar floral resources.

Experimental comparisons of bee interactions in controlled glasshouse conditions are rare when compared to field trials involving honey bees and bumblebees, and this chapter reports a novel glasshouse study of honey bee-bumblebee competition. To examine different aspects of potential resource competition, experiments were conducted in a divided glasshouse that examined how resource availability and quality affected foraging patterns of bumblebees with and without honey bees. The questions addressed in this chapter are:

1. How do temperature and light affect foraging behaviour of honey bees and bumblebees?

2. Are bumblebees displaced by foraging honey bees when presented with the same resources?

3. How do interactions change when resources are reduced in quantity?

4. Does the quality of resources affect interactions between honey bees and bumblebees?

118

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Methods

Glasshouse experiments were conducted at Invermay Agricultural Centre, Mosgiel, Dunedin (45° 51’ 29.8” S, 170° 23’ 19.2” E), a facility of the Crown Research Institute AgResearch New Zealand. The facility was chosen because of the availability of a large greenhouse that had the potential to be used for indoor controlled flight experiments with foraging bees.

Experiments were conducted in a translucent polycarbonate glasshouse (dimensions: 13 x 42 meters), oriented north-south (Figure 4.1). The glasshouse was bisected by a translucent wall of the same polycarbonate material so that the dimensions of each side was 13 x 21 metres. One half of the glasshouse at a time was used for the experimental treatments involving both honey bees and bumblebees (HB + BB), and the other half as the experimental control with bumblebees only (BB). The glasshouse was sealed from the weather when built, and was made bee proof by extensive curtain netting over grates and fan covers. Experiments were kept to a maximum of three weeks in order to ensure optimal numbers of bumblebees were available, as bumblebee hives have a minimum viable period of four weeks but peak numbers for shorter periods of time.

Surface temperatures (°C) and light levels (illuminance: lux) were recorded every 5 minutes in the glasshouse by two Onset UA-002-08 HOBO dataloggers (Bourne, Massachusetts, USA) in each of the two partitioned sides of the glasshouse on foraging array platforms. Temperature and light readings were averaged between the two loggers in each side for each 5-minute interval. Daily means were computed by averaging readings per 15-minute sampling interval and overall means for each experiment was calculated by averaging all 15- minute sampling interval readings per day for each day during experimental hours. The glasshouse was programmed to be kept at temperatures below 30°C by way of automatic fans, but technical constraints and exceptional summer conditions contributed to temperatures near 40°C. Examples of relative illuminance (lux) values are ~400 at sunrise/sunset, ~1 000 on an overcast day, and up to ~128 000 in direct sunlight.

119

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Figure 4.1 Experimental glasshouse (top: north) used at AgResearch Invermay facility and location of partition, Mosgiel, New Zealand, March – April 2014.

Bee hives

Experiments were conducted using six commercially available bumblebee (Bombus terrestris) hives purchased from BioBees Ltd. (Hastings, New Zealand) and a single honey bee (Apis mellifera) hive supplied by Rent-A-Hive (Mosgiel, New Zealand) (Figure 4.2). The honey bee hive was a single-box Langstroth style bee-hive which was treated for Varroa destructor, although no infestation was detected. The same hive was used throughout the study and monitored for pollen and honey.

Bumblebee hives arrived with variable numbers of active bees in the hive. To standardise the bee populations for each glasshouse experimental treatment, an estimate of each hive’s population was calculated by counting the number of bees visible when the lid was lifted and taking the mean of ten counts. When the lid was lifted and the interior exposed to light, a proportion of bees actively left the matrix of hive and could be counted through the mesh divider. The two largest hives with the greatest number of bees were used for the glasshouse

120

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers side with honey bees (HB+BB), while all the other four smaller hives were used on the bumblebee side (BB) as three were deemed insufficient in terms of balancing the estimated numbers of bumblebees per side. Bumblebee hives were places in groups of two (four in total) on the control side of the glasshouse with bumblebees only (BB), and two on the other side in the honey bee plus bumblebee treatment (HB+BB) (Figure 4.3). All hive groups were located at the furthest end of the glasshouse from each other, at a diagonal distance of 20 m from each other and 10.3 m from foraging areas (Figure 4.3).

Artificial flowers

Artificial flower designs were modelled after those used in a bumblebee/honey bee foraging experiment carried out by Rogers et al. (2013). Artificial flowers were constructed from 1.7- mL Eppendorf micro centrifuge tubes with caps removed. Six-rayed flower designs were punched from blue plastic sheets to create petals/landing platforms, and a hole was punched through the middle. The tubes were then secured through the holes to create a flower. Four flowers were arranged within a 10 x 10 cm square made of a polycarbonate sheeting creating a yellow flower array (Figure 4.4, 4.5) similar to that in Rogers et al. (2013).

Figure 4.2 Bumblebee (Bombus terrestris) hive boxes setup in glasshouse corner. Curtain netting was positioned above all bee hives to reduce overheating from direct sunlight.

121

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Figure 4.3 Schematic representation of the experimental arrangement in the two halves of the glasshouse showing the partition into a bumblebee only side (left/north: BB) and honey bee/bumblebee side (right/south: HB+BB) and orientation of hives (Bombus blue; Apis yellow). Central tables (green squares) were located 10.3 m equidistant from the hives with foraging arrays placed in the centre of the tables (4 m from each other).

Figure 4.4 Experimental flower arrays with (1) honey bee (Apis mellifera) and (2) bumblebee (Bombus terrestris) foragers foraging singly and in mixed groups. Artificial flowers were modelled after those used in Rogers et al. (2013).

122

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Figure 4.5 Close up of experimental flower array with bumblebee (Bombus terrestris) forager. Artificial flowers were modelled on the design used in Rogers et al. (2013).

Sixteen flower arrays were spaced into a 1 x 1 m square grid. Nectar was used as a reward because although pollen is also a viable reward, the majority of behavioural studies utilise nectar (Wolf & Chittka 2016) and nectar was easier to control for resource quality. Flowers were prepared on the day of the experiments with a 2-M (685g/L) sucrose solution as per Rogers et al. (2013) with 25 g of honey per litre for scent. When filled, a cotton wick wetted with sucrose solution was inserted to the 0.5 mL mark on the Eppendorf tube to prolong nectar availability by reducing evaporation. For experiment 2, a 4-M (1370g/L) sucrose solution was used for “high quality” resources.

Multiple large metal table frames (1 x 1 x 0.5 m) were distributed within the glasshouse to provide structure and landmarks for the foraging bees (Figure 4.6). Table frames were distributed around the periphery of the glasshouse to orient bees towards the artificial flower arrays located between the hives on two equidistant table arrays (Figure 4.3). Live plants were used to give structure and landmarks within the glasshouse and to create a more natural foraging area. Plants were all New Zealand native species, non-flowering, and were composed of a variety of species for structural diversity. The foraging area was in the centre four corners of four tables. The centre of each group of four tables was 10.3 m diagonally

123

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers from each corner hive, and 4 m diagonally from the centre of the other array (Figure 4.3). Foraging area tables were covered in green artificial turf to replicate a natural lawn. Observations were carried out using Bushnell (Overland Park, Kansas, USA) Trophy Cam HD trail cameras mounted above foraging areas. Cameras were attached 1.75 m above the centre of each foraging array, taking photographs of a roughly 1.3 x 1.3 m square area every 5 minutes between 0900 and 1700. Batteries were recharged and data were downloaded daily after inconsistencies in battery charging were found. Analyses of foraging patterns were carried out using photographs taken at 15-minute intervals in order to avoid pseudo- replication if the same foraging bees were counted. For each sampling period between 15- minute intervals, the number of honey bees or bumblebee foragers was counted per image if it was in contact and foraging at a flower. The number of flowers that were utilised by honey bees or bumblebees, or both simultaneously was also noted. Camera capture times were synchronised between sides for comparison.

Figure 4.6 Glasshouse setup (HB+BB side) with both foraging arrays and adjacent plant areas facing toward honey bee hive (red colour, underneath shade cloth). Cameras are located above centre point of each foraging area attached to overhead beams.

124

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Experimental methods

In order to examine competition for available floral resources, bumblebee and honey bee foragers were observed under different resource conditions in the glasshouse. Two experiments were conducted between March 2 and April 24, 2014.

Experiment 1: The response of foraging bees to floral resource reductions

To examine if bumblebees were displaced by honey bees, bumblebees were observed foraging together and with only bumblebees. To examine if responses to resource treatments were equal between species, bees were subsequently observed foraging under different flower treatments. Flower treatments were composed of full arrays and half arrays of artificial flowers containing a 2-M sucrose solution. Full arrays consisted of a 4 x 4 grid of 16 artificial flower arrays; half arrays had 8 arrays alternatingly removed leaving 8 arrays occupying the same footprint (Figure 4.7).

The first experiment was conducted between March 2, 2014 and March 25, 2014. An initial 3-day pilot was conducted between March 2 and 7. A pre-trial period for baseline bumblebee forager counts then took place between March 9 and 11. The foraging trials (pre- treatment/treatment/post-treatment) period took place from March 13 until 25. Pre- and post- trial periods were the same floral resource treatment of full floral resources (64 flowers) (Table 4.1).

Honey bees were introduced for two days of foraging by themselves to train them to the glasshouse and to collect baseline foraging data. Bumblebees on both glasshouse sides were then also given two days of foraging by themselves to train on flowers and for baseline foraging data. After the training period bees were mixed in the experimental side (HB+BB) of the greenhouse. Bees foraged for four days with the full number of flowers, then three days with half the number of flowers, and an additional four days with the full number of flowers.

Table 4.1 Timeline of experiment 1 for all experimental days. The treatment period consisted of half quantities of artificial flowers (32 flowers). Pre- and post-treatment periods were identical full flower arrays (64 flowers).

Experiment 1 trial period pilot pre-trial pre-treatment treatment post-treatment March: start date 2 9 13 18 21 March: end date 7 11 16 20 25

125

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Experiment 2: The response of foraging bees to differing floral resource quality Experiment 2 was planned to observe if counts of foraging bees were equal when the quality of available resources was varied. The glasshouse was arranged in the same way as for Experiment 1 but with different resource treatments. The experiment ran between April 7 and April 24, 2014. The pre-trial period took place between April 7 and 13, and the foraging trial (full flower treatment/half flower treatment) period between April 14 and 21 (Table 4.2).

The honey bee hive was removed from the glasshouse to forage naturally between experiments and checked for similar worker densities before the next experiment. New bumblebee hives were used and similar numbers were used. As with before, it was necessary to use the two largest bumblebee hives on the honey bee experimental side (HB+BB).

The same conditions as were used but with the exception that double resource quality (4-M vs. 2-M sucrose solution) was used in half of the treatment areas to examine the effect of resource quality on foraging interactions. Honey bees were given two days of foraging by themselves on full flower (64 flowers) at standard quality (2-M) to train them to the glasshouse (pre-trial period). Bumblebees were then given two days of foraging by themselves to train under the same resource conditions. After the training period they had two days of mixed foraging with full floral treatments and standard 2-M sucrose (treatment 1). The experimental setup followed the training period, starting with three days of full flower (64) treatments with double and standard quality resources (4-M & 2-M) that alternated daily between tables (treatment 2). These were followed by three days of half flower (32) treatments with daily double and standard quality resources that also alternated daily between tables (treatment 1).

Table 4.2 Timeline of experiment 2 for all experimental days. Treatment 1 had full artificial flower arrays (64 flowers) with sucrose concentrations of 2-M and 4-M. Treatment 2 had reduced artificial flowers (32) with the same concentrations.

Experiment 2 Trial period Pre-trial Treatment 1 Treatment 2 Treatment 1 April: start date 7 14 17 20 April: end date 13 16 19 21

126

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Figure 4.7 Overhead photos of full flower arrays (left: 16 arrays with 64 flowers) and half flower arrays (right: 8 arrays with 32 flowers) treatments with foraging bumblebees.

Statistical analyses

All analyses were performed using R version 3.2.3 (R Developmental Core Team 2013). Generalised additive mixed models (gamm function; mgcv package) were used to compare abiotic conditions (Gaussian distribution) between glasshouse sides (temperature, light), with date and time as random factors. Generalised linear mixed models with random effects (glmer function) from the lme4 package and generalised linear mixed models with random effects using penalised quasi likelihood (glmmPQL function) from the MASS package were used (Bates et al. 2013). Glmer and GlmmPQL models were used to analyse the relationship between either honey bee and bumblebee foraging counts (dependant variables) and relevant explanatory variables (glasshouse side, temperature, light levels, fixed treatments, resource quality, honey bee numbers), with date and time as random factors (Appendix tables specify respective variables included per model). Welch’s t-tests were used to analyse bee counts between treatments, as the means of the two samples were of unequal variance.

Models run were specified as Poisson distributed or quasi-Poisson in order to account for overdispersion. GlmmPQL models were run because they can allow for overdispersion by the implementation of quasi-likelihood (Wedderburn 1974) estimation. Glmer uses maximum likelihood and/or restricted maximum likelihood and is not able to allow for overdispersion. Multiple models were compared using the Akaike Information Criterion (AIC) to justify

127

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers interactive terms and identify the best fitting models. Models were checked for over- dispersion and using Pearson goodness of fit tests.

Temperature and light were highly correlated and were run in separate models separately to avoid errors associated with multicollinearity. P-values used were taken from models that included temperature as a predictor value on the assumption that temperature is a more relevant biological factor (note: the level of significance did not change, but P-values varied).

128

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Results

4.1 How do temperature and light affect foraging behaviour?

Experiment 1: Floral reductions

Temperatures in the two sides of the glasshouse were similar over the course of the experiment (BB control side, mean = 28.8°C ± SD 5.6, range =13.2 – 39.8°C; HB+BB experimental side = 27.9°C ± 5.6, range = 12.9 – 38.7°C, P = 0.269) (Appendix D, Table D4.1a). Light (illuminance: lux) was slightly more variable but not significantly different between sides (BB mean, 41 547 lux ± SD 20 394, range = 1 895 – 104 712; HB+BB side mean, 41 517 lux ± SD 24 885, range = 1 981 – 165 334, P = 0.761) (Figure 4.8, Appendix D: Table D4.1b). Temperature and light were highly correlated (Pearson’s product-moment correlation coefficient, r (1 978) = 0.77, P < 0.001) and generally tracked over time except when the glasshouse retained temperatures as light levels decreased later in the day.

Bumblebee forager counts were significantly negatively correlated with temperature for the pre-trial period (P < 0.001) but not the trial periods with honey bees (P = 0.279) (Appendix D: Table D4.2a, D4.4a). Bumblebee forager counts were significantly positively correlated with light for both the pre-trial period without honey bees (P < 0.001) and during trial periods (P = 0.001) (Figure 4.9, Appendix D: Table D4.2b, D4.4b).

Honey bee counts were significantly positively correlated with temperature for the pre-trial period (P < 0.001) and the trial periods with bumblebees (P = 0.051) (Appendix D: Table D4.3a, D4.5a). Honey bee forager counts were significantly positively correlated with light for both the pre-trial period without bumblebees (P < 0.001) and trial periods (P < 0.001) (Figure 4.10, Appendix D: Table D4.3b, D4.5b).

129

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Figure 4.8 Experiment 1: Boxplots of (a) temperature (°C) and (b) light (lux) levels in each side of the glasshouse (BB: bumblebee only, no honey bees; HB+BB: bumblebee and honey bees present).

Figure 4.9 Experiment 1: scatterplots of counts of bumblebee (Bombus terrestris) foragers across (a) temperature (°C) and (b) light (lux) gradients (log transformed) for both sides of the glasshouse (BB: bumblebee only, no honey bees; HB+BB: bumblebee and honey bees present).

130

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Figure 4.10 Experiment 1: scatterplots of counts of honey bee (Apis mellifera) foragers across (a) temperature (°C) and (b) light (lux) gradients (log transformed) for HB+BB side only in the glasshouse.

Experiment 2: Resource quality

Temperatures were similar between the two sides of the glasshouse over the course of the experiment (BB control side, mean temperatures = 20.7°C ± SD 5.2, range = 10.4 – 34.5°C; HB+BB experimental side = 21.5°C ± 5.3, range = 10.3 – 34.3°C, P = 0.159). Light levels were more variable than during experiment 1 but also not significantly different between sides (BB side, mean light, 24 541 lux ± SD 18 002, range = 893 – 77 156; HB+BB side, 26 342 lux ± 17 466, range = 871 – 88 178, P = 0.483) (Figure 4.11, Appendix D: Table D4.8). Temperature and light were highly correlated (Pearson’s product-moment correlation coefficient r (1 714) = 0.79, P < 0.001). As in Experiment 1, temperature and light generally tracked together over time except when light levels decreased later in the day and the glasshouse retained temperatures. Experiment 2 was cooler and darker overall than experiment 1 due to the change in season.

Bumblebee counts were significantly positively and negatively correlated with temperature for both the pre-trial period (P < 0.001) and the trial periods (P < 0.001) respectively, although modelled effects were relatively small (Figure 4.12, Appendix D: Table D4.9a, 131

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

D4.11a). Bumblebee forager counts were significantly positively correlated with light in the pre-trial period (P < 0.001) and significantly negatively correlated for the trial periods (P < 0.001), with similar magnitudes of modelled effects (Appendix D: Table D4.9b, D4.11b).

Honey bee counts were significantly positively correlated with temperature for the pre-trial period (P < 0.001) but not for the trial periods (P = 0.577) (Appendix D: Table D4.10a, D4.12a). Honey bee forager counts were significantly positively correlated with light for both the pre-trial period (P < 0.001) and trial periods (P = 0.003) (Figure 4.13, Appendix D: Table D4.10b, D4.12b).

Figure 4.11 Experiment 2: Boxplots of (a) temperature (°C) and (b) light (lux) levels by glasshouse side (BB: bumblebee only, no honey bees; HB+BB: bumblebee and honey bees present).

132

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Figure 4.12 Experiment 2: scatterplots of counts of bumblebee (Bombus terrestris) foragers across (a) temperature (°C) and (b) light (lux) gradients (log transformed) for both sides of the glasshouse combined (BB: bumblebee only, no honey bees; HB+BB: bumblebee and honey bees present).

Figure 4.13 Experiment 2: scatterplots of counts of honey bee (Apis mellifera) foragers across (a) temperature (°C) and (b) light (lux) gradients (log transformed) for HB+BB side only.

133

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

4.2 Are bumblebees displaced by foraging honey bees?

Experiment 1: Floral reductions

Foraging patterns were similar between bee species although counts of honey bees were greater overall, suggesting bumblebees were not displaced by honey bees. Foraging bee counts were significantly positively correlated with each other in all models (all P < 0.001) (Appendix D: Table D4.4, 4.5).

Bees showed different responses to resource reductions. There were significantly more bumblebee counts on the control (BB) side than the experimental (HB+BB) side during the pre-treatment period (BB side, mean 9.6 ± SD 5.5, range = 0 – 26; HB+BB side, 7.6 ± 3.6, range = 0 – 21, P < 0.001) (Figure 4.15a, Appendix D: Table D4.2a). During the treatment period, there were also fewer foraging bumblebees on the experimental side (BB side, experimental mean 9.3 ± SD 5.5, range = 0 – 26; HB+BB side, 8.4 ± 5.8, range = 0 – 34, P < 0.001), although the relative modelled effect was notably less (-46% vs. -20%) (Figure 4.15b, Appendix D: Table D4.4a). Honey bee counts were also fewer for the treatment period than pre-treatment period (HB+BB pre-treatment period, experimental mean 38.8 ± SD 3.8, range = 0 – 87; HB+BB treatment period, mean 16.8 ± SD 4.9, range = 0 – 48, Welch’s t-test: t = - 10.875, df = 144.67, P < 0.001).

Mean bumblebee forager counts on the experimental side were fewer than honey bee counts (HB+BB side bumblebee counts, 8.4 ± 1.7, range = 0 – 34; HB+BB side honey bee counts, 16.8 ± 4.9, range = 0 – 48, Welch’s t-test: t = 16.938, df = 1047.6, P < 0.001). Bumblebee activity had more gradual increases and decreases during the treatment period compared to honey bees (Figure 4.16), which had a sharp increase and decrease from peak foraging times (Figure 4.17). Both bee species had peak activity times that correlated with the increase in light and temperature peaking between 1015 – 1215, with a gradual decline after peak times (Figure 4.14).

134

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Figure 4.14 Experiment 1: Peak activity periods represented by the mean of daily maxima of foraging counts for honey bee (Apis mellifera) and bumblebee (Bombus terrestris) for each sampling time period. Sampling time periods were at 15 minute intervals between 0900 and 1700.

Figure 4.15 Experiment 1: Boxplots of bumblebee (Bombus terrestris) foragers by glasshouse side: (a) BB: bumblebee only, no honey bees, (b) HB+BB: bumblebee and honey bees present, Invermay Agricultural Centre.

135

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

1300, for all for 1300,

time (centred at zero atzero (centred time

(a)

) foraging count patterns by by patterns count foraging )

Bombus terrestris Bombus

across sampling days for both glasshouse sides combined sides glasshouse both for days sampling across

(b)

minute intervals) and and intervals) minute

-

Experiment 1: Boxplots of bumblebee ( bumblebee of Boxplots 1: Experiment

Figure 4.16 4.16 Figure 15 treatments, and times

136

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

1300, for all times and and times all for 1300,

time (centred at zero at zero (centred time

(a)

) foraging count patterns by by patterns count foraging )

Apis mellifera Apis

across sampling days for experimental (HB+BB) side. (HB+BB) for experimental days sampling across

(b)

minute intervals) and and intervals) minute

-

Experiment 1: Boxplots of honey bee ( honey of Boxplots 1: Experiment

treatments, 15 treatments, 4.17 Figure

137

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Experiment 2: Resource quality

There were similar numbers of bumblebees for each side of the glasshouse during the pre- treatment period (BB side, mean 4.1 ± SD 2.7, range = 0 – 13; HB+BB side, 3.8 ± 2.5, range = 0 – 12, P = 0.238) (Figure 4.19a, Appendix D: Table D4.9a). Foraging counts of both bee species were significantly positively correlated together in all models, suggesting no displacement (all P < 0.05) (Appendix D: Table D4.11, D4.12).

During the treatment period, there were fewer foraging bumblebees on the experimental (HB+BB) side (BB side, mean 8.9 ± SD 5.8, range = 0 – 47; HB+BB side, 7.1 ± 4.8, range = 0 – 28, P < 0.001) (Figure 4.19b, Appendix D: Table D4.11a). However, mean counts were much greater during the treatment period. Honey bee counts were also fewer for the treatment period than pre-treatment period (HB pre-treatment period, 18.8 ± 11.6, range = 0 – 56; HB treatment period, 12.5 ± 9.6, range = 0 – 44, Welch’s t-test: t = -5.806, df = 176.23, P < 0.001).

Mean bumblebee forager counts on the experimental side were fewer than honey bee counts (HB+BB side bumblebee counts, mean 7.1 ± SD 4.8, range = 0 – 28; HB+BB side honey bee counts, 12.5 ± 9.6, range = 0 – 44, Welch’s t-test: t = 11.975, df = 920.38, P < 0.001). As in experiment 1, bumblebee activity had more gradual increases and decreases during experiment 2 compared to honey bees (Figure 4.20), which had a sharp increase and decrease from peak foraging times (Figure 4.21). Foraging patterns were relatively similar for bumblebees for both experiments, with peak activity between the times 1015 – 1215, although counts were generally lower in experiment 2. For honey bees however, during experiment 2 there were lower numbers at peak times and a more rapid decline in foraging after peak times, falling below bumblebee counts (Figure 4.18).

138

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Figure 4.18 Experiment 2: Peak activity periods represented by the mean of daily maxima of foraging counts for honey bee (Apis mellifera) and bumblebee (Bombus terrestris) for each sampling time period. Sampling time periods were at 15 minute intervals between 0900 and 1700.

Figure 4.19 Experiment 2: Boxplots of bumblebee (Bombus terrestris) foragers for (a) control (BB) and (b) experimental (HB+BB) sides (BB: bumblebee only, no honey bees; HB+BB: bumblebee and honey bees present).

139

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

1300, for all for 1300,

time (centred at zero atzero (centred time

(a)

) foraging count patterns by by patterns count foraging )

Bombus terrestris Bombus

across sampling days for both glasshouse sides combined. combined. sides glasshouse both for days sampling across

(b)

minute intervals) and and intervals) minute

-

Experiment 2: Boxplots of bumblebee ( bumblebee of Boxplots 2: Experiment

Figure 4.20 4.20 Figure 15 treatments, and times

140

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

1300, for all times times all for 1300,

time (centred at zero at zero (centred time

(a)

) foraging count patterns by by patterns count foraging )

Apis mellifera Apis

sampling days for both glasshouse sides combined. combined. sides for glasshouse both days sampling

(b)

minute intervals) and across across and intervals) minute

-

Experiment 2: Boxplots of honey bee ( honey of Boxplots 2: Experiment

and treatments, 15 treatments, and 4.21 Figure

141

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

4.3 Experiment 1: How do interactions change when resources are reduced?

When flower availability was reduced there were significantly fewer (P = 0.031) foraging bumblebee counts during the half flower treatment (BB side, mean 8.2 ± SD 5.6, range = 0 – 23; HB+BB side, 6.7 ± 5.8, range = 0 – 28) than the full flower treatment (BB side, mean 10 ± SD 5.3, range = 0 – 26; HB+BB side, 9.3 ± 5.6, range = 0 – 34). Although there were more bumblebees on the experimental side than the control side, the magnitude of change in forager numbers for both sides was not significantly different (P = 0.855) (Figure 4.22, Appendix D: Table D4.4a).

Similarly, when flower availability was reduced, there were significantly fewer (P = 0.001) foraging honey bees with the half flower treatment (32) (mean = 11.4 ± SD 8.4, range = 0 – 34) compared with the full flower treatment (64) (mean = 19.9 ± SD 12.7, range = 0 – 48) (Appendix D: Table D4.5a).

Figure 4.22 Experiment 1: Boxplots of bumblebee (Bombus terrestris) forager counts for both glasshouse sides (BB: bumblebee only, no honey bees, HB+BB: bumblebee and honey bees present) for arrays of 64 flowers (full) and 32 flowers (half) arrays.

142

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

4.4 Experiment 2: Does the quality of resources affect interactions between bees?

Foraging bumblebee counts were significantly greater (P < 0.001) for the double quality (4- M) sucrose solution on both the control (BB) side (2-M solution, 8.3 ± 4.1, range = 1 – 27; 4- M solution, 9.7 ± 7.6, range = 0 – 47) and experimental (HB+BB) side (2-M solution, 6 ± 3.1, range = 0 – 17; 4-M solution, 8.8 ± 6.2, range = 0 – 28) (Appendix D, Table 4.11a). Honey bees by contrast did not show increased forager counts on higher quality resources (2-M solution, 12 ± 10.3, range = 0 – 41; 4-M solution, 13 ± 10.7, range = 0 – 44, P = 0.265) (Figure 4.23) (Appendix D, Table 4.12a).

Figure 4.23 Experiment 2: Boxplots of (a) bumblebee and (b) honey bee forager counts per treatment of 2-M/4-M sugar concentrations and 32/64 flower treatments combinations for the experimental (HB+BB) side.

143

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

Discussion

Honey bees and bumblebees are thought to be potential competitors for floral resources (Thomson 2004; Thomson 2006; Rogers et al. 2013; Goulson & Sparrow 2009). At different resource availability and competitor abundances, however, the potential for competition can vary (Roubik 1978; Roubik & Moreno 1986; Huryn 1997; Goulson 2003b; Paini 2004; Paini & Roberts 2005; Wenner et al. 2009). These experiments attempted to identify whether the presence of honey bees affected bumblebee foraging in a controlled setting, as well as how honey bee presence affected bumblebee foragers during periods of altered resource availability.

1. How do temperature and light affect foraging behaviour?

Light and temperature play important roles in the activity patterns of insects (Triplehorn & Johnson 2005). As glasshouse conditions were similar for both sides, the potential for abiotic differences to affect bee foraging behaviour was unlikely. As expected, light and temperature were strongly correlated but the responses by both bees were varied. The differential responses to abiotic conditions are likely explained by the differences in adaptations of bumblebee and honey bee physiology for different foraging conditions. Bumblebees are physiologically adapted for cold weather through their size and insulation (Heinrich 1993), and behaviour would be predicted to be less sensitive to cold temperatures. Bumblebees indeed showed significant correlations with light but a negative or neutral response to temperatures. Honey bees by contrast evolved near and have the centre of their diversity in the tropics (Michener 2000; O’Toole & Raw 2004), and would be predicted to be less active at colder temperatures. As expected, honey bees showed significant positive correlations with both light and temperatures overall for both experiments. Honey bees also have greater surface to volume ratios and greater maximum temperature tolerances (Apis mellifera up to and above 57.5°C vs. Bombus 42 – 44°C) (Thomson 2004; Abou-Shaara et al. 2012; Abou- Shaara 2015). Therefore, honey bee activity should be more positively correlated with temperature than bumblebees and be less likely to be stressed at higher temperatures.

As temperatures during the study period were generally warm enough for activity from the beginning of the day, both bee types were already active when floral resources were put out at sunrise. For both experiments, honey bee forager numbers increased steeply to peak

144

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers activity at similar rates with similar declines afterward. Bumblebees in experiment 1 had similar foraging patterns to honey bees, but in experiment 2 had a flatter trend in temporal foraging. Competitive interactions were likely not avoided by bees partitioning peak foraging times. Differences in activity patterns are likely due to the colder temperatures and reduced light in experiment 2.

2. Are bumblebees displaced by foraging honey bees?

Consistent with behaviour from other field (Goulson 2003b) and experimental studies (Rogers et al. 2013), bumblebee foragers were not directly displaced by the presence of honey bee foragers. Bumblebee and honey bee numbers were also positively correlated for both experiments, suggesting that resource foraging by both bees had no negative effect on each other. Overall, similar peak foraging times for honey bees and bumble bees and the general similarity in their foraging patterns did not suggest any obvious partitioning in foraging that would reduce interactions between species. While the number of bumblebee foragers were fewer on the honey bee side of the glasshouse, the difference in bee counts was consistent between the pre- and post-honey bee periods.

Some bee species are able to recognise previously visited flowers by scent and avoid them, though reactions may vary (Yokoi & Fujisaki 2008). Bumblebees and honey bees can also recognise scent marks left behind by the footprints of conspecifics (Stout & Goulson 2001; Wilms & Eltz 2008). While individual flower choices were not investigated, bumblebee and honey bee foragers in the glasshouse showed increases in flower visitation over time suggesting previous floral usage was not a dissuading factor in decisions to forage on artificial flowers. The duration of repellent scent marks by bumblebees and honey bees can last up to 40 minutes, which allows time for nectar recharge of flowers (Stout & Goulson 2001). The abundant availability of the sucrose solution in artificial flowers during the experiment may have compensated for any repellent cues.

Rogers et al. (2013) found that bumblebee forager behaviour was altered following interactions with honey bees but not with other bumblebees. In addition, occupancy of flowers can negatively influence foraging abundance of other bees, particularly among honey bees and solitary species (Yokoi & Fujisaki 2011). However, during glasshouse experiments bumblebee and honey bee foragers readily shared the same flowers and showed increasing

145

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers shared utilisation with increasing forager counts (Figure 4.4a). In addition, artificial flowers were never fully utilised and unvisited flowers were always available. It may be that there were insufficient numbers of foragers in the glasshouse to fully utilise resources, such that bees became acclimated to inter-specific interactions, or that bees even associated floral rewards with the presence of other individuals.

3. Experiment 1: How do interactions change when resources reduced? Although it had been thought that bumblebees forage in the manner of solitary bees Goulson (2003a), Dornhaus and Chittka (1999, 2001) demonstrated that B. terrestris foragers are able to encourage nest mates to forage and can communicate the scent of available resources but are not able to provide directional information. However, bumblebees forage over shorter distances than honey bees, which may make directional information less relevant (Goulson 2003a).

When half of the artificial flowers were removed, both the number of honey bee and bumblebee foraging counts reduced significantly. Honey bees showed the greatest reduction in the number of foragers (43%). Bumblebees on the control side of the glasshouse had smaller reductions (18 – 28%) than on the experimental side. Although there were fewer bees overall in response to the reduction in available flowers, the reduction was especially pronounced for honey bees. Following the reduction of honey bee foragers, there was no indication of any increase in bumblebee foragers. The similar scale of bumblebee reductions on the control side of the glasshouse suggest there was no effect from the disproportionate reduction of honey bee foragers.

Notably, the overall percentage of artificial flower usage was consistent on both glasshouse sides with no more than 30% of flowers used even at peak times. When the numbers of flowers were reduced by half, there was a greater proportional change in utilisation on the experimental (HB+BB: +80%) than control side (BB: +37.5%). However, this difference was mostly made up of substantial reductions in foraging honey bees and minimal bumblebee changes.

The behavioural response by honey bees to reduced resource availability may be related to how they recruit foragers. Apis mellifera are known to prefer high quality flower patches and are able to recruit foragers to them by performing the waggle dance (Goulson & Sparrow

146

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers

2009). When resources are less than 100 m from the hive, A. mellifera perform the round dance, a close-range variant of the waggle dance that specifies resources are in the vicinity of the hive (Gardner et al. 2008). At closer ranges, bees performing the waggle dance were not thought to specify direction and distance, but only that there are resources available nearby. Kirchner et al. (1988) however, reported that distance information as close as 1 m was present in round dances. Other research by Jensen et al. (1997) found that distance information could only be statistically identified at distances greater than 15 m. As the honey bee hive was 20 m from the foraging area, some directional information may have been available. It is possible that when resources were removed, there was insufficient feedback to elicit recruitment.

4. Experiment 2: Does the quality of resources affect interactions between bees?

Logistical and equipment constraints reduced the number of sampling days for experiment 2, which limited sample size. However, results of the preference treatments for floral quality treatments found clear patterns of bumblebees, but not honey bees, preferring higher quality resources.

Bumblebees are capable of differentiating flowers that contain different resource quality. In previous studies of Bombus terrestris, they were observed to discriminate and then prefer higher quality pollen (Ruedenauer et al. 2015, 2016). Likewise in laboratory studies, Konzmann & Lunau (2014) found that bumblebees preferred higher concentrations and quality of pollen and particularly nectar. Contrasting results can be found where Bombus foragers visited manipulated non-rewarding and non-manipulated rewarding flowers equally (Nakamura & Kudo 2016). Although their experiment suggested that in large heterogeneous areas bees will continue with exploratory foraging without specific preferences, they concluded that variance in nectar content between flowers may confound results. In the experimental glasshouse there were clear preferences consistent with Konzmann & Lunau (2014).

Honey bees have been shown to be able recruit to high quality nectar resources (Seeley et al. 1991). However, experimental feeders used by Seeley et al. (1991) were at distances of up to 400 m from the hive. In the current study, honey bee foragers seemed unable to differentiate

147

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers high quality resources at close ranges, while bumblebees had significantly greater preferential usage of high quality resources. Clear conclusions were limited as honey bees showed the same reductions in foraging counts during this experiment and logistical difficulties with the experiment reduced the number of sampling days.

The behaviour exhibited in experiment 1 and experiment 2 are likely linked to the same phenomena. Honey bee recruitment for resources and nectar quality is possibly limited in the glasshouse by the short distances involved and imprecise information transfer from the round dance. Bumblebees by contrast can adapt as individuals and make flexible choices. As data were collected from photographs, the difference in preference may be as a result of spending more time on higher quality resources. Although bumblebees and honey bees often utilised the same flowers, it is also possible that the presence of the larger bumblebee foragers dissuaded honey bees from the higher (4-M) quality resources.

Summary

Indoor controlled studies on honey bee and bumblebee interactions are rarely done and difficult to conduct. The results of these experiments show the differences in foraging behaviours and give insight into the potential for competition. Bees showed different responses to abiotic conditions, but there was no partitioning of peak foraging times between the two bee species. In addition, the presence of honey bee foragers did not dissuade bumblebee foragers from utilising resources. Overall, bees foraged together without interference and never fully utilised all artificial flowers, suggesting resources were sufficient.

Bumblebees and honey bees did not show competitive behaviour when resources were relatively abundant, and reducing the number of available flowers had unforeseen results on honey bee behaviour that resulted in fewer honey bees foraging. This response may reflect that when local resources are limited, honey bees may seek to expand their foraging range farther than bumblebees, potentially limiting local competition.

While the extent of competition may be obvious (direct displacement) or more subtle (avoidance of flowers previously utilised), other factors such as floral constancy or nesting habitat availability may be more important in the landscape context (Forup & Memmott 2005; Howlett & Donovan 2010). Resources used by both bees often overlap, but potential

148

Chapter 4 Honey bee and bumblebee foraging interactions on artificial flowers competition between honey bees and bumblebees may be mitigated by the respective physiological and social adaptations that allow for temporal resource partitioning and flexibility in resource selection. Prior to the introduction of Varroa destructor in New Zealand, greater competition for resources may have been likely from widespread feral honey bee hives. The loss of feral honey bees may now currently limit potential competition only to areas with large numbers of commercial honey bee hives. Competition may further be limited by the ample resources and relatively low densities of bumblebees (depending on nest site availability) at preferred apiary sites. Thus, the current potential for negative effects of honey bees on bumblebees is likely reduced where honey bee populations have been reduced by varroa.

149

Chapter 5

Discussion

Chapter 5 Discussion

The objective of this thesis was to determine the potential competitive interactions between native and introduced bees. Bees evolved from ancestral wasps to utilise pollen and nectar as their primary food resource (Michener & Grimaldi 1988; Michener 2000), and exhibit a range of social interactions, from mostly solitary to a few eusocial species (Michener 1969). As bees all utilise the same relatively limited set of floral resources, there exists the potential for competition between them (Paini 2004). There are many examples of evidence for and against interspecific competition between bees (Chapter 1). As opposed to any general trends, competition between bees can be highly variable and change depending on resource availability (Huryn 1997). Many bee species may coexist in the same community and potentially compete for the same floral resources. As a result, there are specialist and generalist strategies for exploiting floral resources (Hingston & McQuillan 2000; Fenster et al. 2004; Mitchell et al. 2009). Pollinators can also partition resources temporally by emerging early or late in the season to exploit staggered floral schedules or by foraging at different times in a day, adding additional complexity to network patterns (Olesen et al. 2008). In New Zealand however, the relatively low diversity of native bees, simplified native floral architecture, and availability of alternate floral resources for introduced bees may greatly simplify the potential competitive interactions of bees (Donovan 1980; Lloyd 1985; Huryn 1995; Howlett & Donovan 2010).

To determine resource preferences in the context of availability, a novel method of estimating resource availability was created that took into account individual plant floral density, landscape floral density, and the availability of those resources in time (Chapter 2). The metrics created quantified the relative availability of resources in the environment and were used in the context of actual pollinator visitations to analyse floral preferences (irrespective of abundance) and potential overlap among native and introduced bees (Chapter 3). Long term and systematic data on bee distributions and abundances in New Zealand are lacking; and the understanding provided by this thesis of the innate preferences and subsequent floral partitioning among bees in pollinator communities provides a reference point for extrapolations of potential competitive interactions in similar habitats across the South Island and other areas throughout New Zealand. Lastly, a glasshouse study was used to investigate the foraging interactions of honey bees and bumblebees under controlled conditions to potentially explain behaviour in the field (native bees were not able to be housed in the glasshouse) (Chapter 4). How bumblebees reacted to the

151

Chapter 5 Discussion presence of honey bees under several resource treatments gave insight into the potential for competition based on differences in behaviour.

This thesis was not the first to discuss the potential for interactions between introduced bees and native bees in New Zealand (Murphy & Robertson 2000; Bennik 2009; Howlett & Donovan 2010), but it is the first to comprehensively examine the potential competitive interactions with local resource availability within a diverse community of plants and pollinators in New Zealand. In this last chapter I present a synthesis of the results and discussion about the potential ecological effects for each topic.

Floral resources and utilisation

Floral resources, pollen and nectar, are important factors that influence pollinator visitation (Southwick et al. 1981; Michener 2000; Carvalheiro et al. 2014). Bees show preferences for higher quality resources and often utilise resources in a manner consistent with optimal foraging theory (MacArthur & Pianka 1966; Waser 1986). While floral resources affect floral preferences, floral morphology also determines the accessibility of those resources (Carvalheiro et al. 2014). The respective floral choices of bees can also be influenced by the life history of particular bees (Faegri & van der Pijl 1966).

Floral availability and indices

Floral abundances alone do not predict usage, as the amount of available resources per plant varies based on the relative floral density (Nicolson et al. 2007). Indices of floral availability that take into account the size and abundance of flowers can be reasonable proxies for actual resource measurements where these may be impractical (Tepedino & Stanton 1982).

A review by Szigeti et al. (2016) concluded that no consistent methodology is available for estimating floral resource availability, and vegetation sampling is often absent from pollinator studies despite its significance (Elzinga et al. 1998; Gibson 2002). Species richness and flower counts have been used to calculate the availability of floral resources, albeit with caveats on their accuracy (Tepedino & Stanton 1981, 1982; Zimmerman & Pleasants 1982; Kitahara et al. 2008). Other methods for estimating resources indirectly include measuring resource consumption rates

152

Chapter 5 Discussion

(Bąkowski & Boroń 2005), pollen composition in honey (Aronne et al. 2012), and pollen composition on pollinators (Hinners & Hjelmroos-Koski 2009). Plant and insect species richness are often correlated, which could make plant species richness a proxy for insect richness (Kitahara et al. 2008). However, additional quantitative estimates for floral abundance are recommended for accurately estimating floral resource availability for pollinators (Hegland & Boeke 2006; Szigeti et al. 2016).

The Floral Effort Index (FEI) in this study took plant morphology and flowering potential into account to more accurately estimate the amount of potential resources per plant species in a way that could be extrapolated widely over a study area. From FEI scores, Floral Impact indices (FI) were determined per plant species for each plot from their respective abundances, as well as their flowering availability through the season (PFA) (Chapter 2).

Floral resource measurements should take into account the extent of the spatial scale of foraging within a landscape by pollinators (Osborne et al. 2008; Dennis 2012). Commonly used vegetation surveys (e.g., quadrats) may require a large amount of sampling effort to reduce bias in measurements of rare or highly clumped species in heterogeneous landscapes (Elzinga et al. 1998; Hegland et al. 2010; Szigeti et al. 2016). In comparison, belt transects may be more accurate but require more sampling effort than quadrats (Kearns & Inouye 1993; Szigeti et al. 2016). A compromise to maximise data collection while reducing sampling effort (depending on research objectives) could be to use the DAFOR scale (Chapter 2) adjusted over many repeated belt transects to estimate plant species abundance per plot during insect surveys. The large number of transects allows for detection of rare species and continually updated data on species abundances as evident from plot species abundance data (Appendix B, Table B2.1). The use, in this thesis, of standard botanical measurements from the literature (i.e., published Floras) to estimate floral density per plant saved time compared to measuring vegetation in the field; however this method is more accurate for non-woody vegetation which was the primary resource in this study. As flowering conditions may change dynamically over a season or even within a day (Nicolson et al. 2007; Kubo et al. 2009; Bagella et al. 2013), including a metric for the scale of flowering (PFA) gave instantaneous data on the local floral availability for each plot over a season as different species flowered or finishing flowering. One metric not collected was quality of pollen or nectar. Measuring pollen and nectar quality can be labour intensive or infeasible for

153

Chapter 5 Discussion particular flower species (Tepedino & Stanton 1982; Morrant et al. 2009), and is often overlooked in favour of other proxies (Szigeti et al. 2016). Although resource quality data was not collected during this study, local resource quality data from Miller (2015, Table 3.4) was referred to where information for the relevant species was available.

The methods established in Chapter 2 for assessing resource availability were convenient for collecting plant resource data while conducting insect surveys (Chapter 3). Together, the Floral Effort Index, Floral Impact, and Plot Floral Availability indices measured several components of floral resource availability often collected insufficiently or overlooked entirely that quantified the per-plant resource availability, per-plot availability, and the relative availability across time.

Floral preferences in relation to floral resource availability

Floral Impact scores showed that plant species in Asteraceae (particularly introduced species) had more potential resources available than all other family groups. Floral resources from Asteraceae are known to be a highly sought after resource for diverse bee taxa that include species from Lasioglossum and Bombus (Stephen & Rao 2007). In New Zealand, both honey bees and bumblebees are also known to utilise both native and introduced Asteraceae (Huryn 1995; Huryn & Moller 1995; Donovan 2007 p151). On The Remarkables, the majority of resource index values were from three abundant and resource rich introduced species: Hieracium pilosella (syn. Pilosella officinarum L.), Hypochaeris radicata (L.), and Achillea millefolium (L.). The utilisation of these species by bees was accurately predicted by their projected resource availability from the metrics created, but only for native bees. The generalist tendencies of the native genera Lasioglossum and Leioproctus (Donovan 2007 p180-197), in addition to preferences for Asteraceae from New Zealand colletid bees in particular (Leioproctus) (Donovan 2007 p18, 20), likely explains their degree of usage. Specialisation on Asteraceae may have evolved multiple times in palaearctic colletid bees, emphasising their relative value as a floral resource (Müller & Kuhlmann 2008).

The next most significant groups were introduced Fabaceae and native Ericaceae, with the remainder being relatively underutilised. Plot Floral Availability (PFA) showed the relative availability of resources by assigning multipliers to FI based on the flowering condition of each species during survey periods. Early field seasons had similar year to year PFA values although

154

Chapter 5 Discussion there was a slight offset in the timing of flowering. Major differences were found between early and late season PFA values, which reflected the phenology of late flowering species.

A. millefolium (yarrow) ranked highest in visitor counts among native bees and in all floral resource indices (FEI, FI, PFA). It is an herbaceous, Eurasian perennial plant that spreads by seed and also rhizomatously. In New Zealand, it is an invasive plant species regarded as a weed that is difficult to control (Bourdôt & Field 1988; Bourdôt et al. 2007). In Australia, it is considered an especially potent threat to alpine and sub-alpine plant communities (Johnston & Pickering 2001). In studies in Australia, this plant species is closely associated with road margins up to and including sub-alpine and alpine zones (Johnston & Johnston 2004). The associations found in Australia are similar to the distributions at study sites on The Remarkables. Miller’s (2015) floral reward quantification found A. millefolium to have some of the highest quality pollen of all plants in The Remakables area and more nectar measured than other local introduced Asteraceae that were similar in pollen quality (log10 5.1 vs. 4.3 – 5.0, measured in grains per floret). In addition, a high flower to plant volume ratio contributed to it having the second highest potential Floral Impact of any species despite comparatively low abundance across all study sites.

Hieracium pilosella (mouse-ear hawkweed) and Hypochaeris radicata (flatweed or false dandelion) were the second most visited species and were also ranked second for FI and PFA. Both were highly preferred by native bees and scored highly for pollen quality, but less for nectar according to Miller (2015, Table 3.4). Both were widespread and abundant throughout sites, and have a history of visitation by native insects (Primack 1983). Hieracium spp. in particular are highly invasive in New Zealand and capable of displacing native plants (Wiser & Allen 2000; Scott et al. 2001). If Hieracium spp. are displacing less preferred native plant species, greater quantities of high quality resources may be available for native bee populations. Though introduced Asteraceae were highly preferred by native bees, the native Aciphylla lomondii (A. aurea W.R.B.Oliv.; commonly known as golden speargrass or golden Spaniard) was the most utilised plant species by Lasioglossum bees when it was flowering in early season 2. Miller (2015, Table 3.4) found that A. lomondii had the greatest quantity and quality of pollen rewards, but was negligible in nectar content. Nesting female native bees provision only a small number of larval cells per day, limited by the amount of pollen they can collect (Brad Howlett &

155

Chapter 5 Discussion

Barry Donovan, personal communication 2015). The consistent preferences of native bees for pollen rewards suggests nectar is not the highest priority in foraging choices. As native bees do not store nectar in the form of honey, it would be predicted to be a less important factor in floral choice than for introduced social bees.

Fabaceae were the most important plant family for introduced bees. Lotus pedunculatus (Cav.) was the most utilised species by honey bees and bumblebees and was the most abundant Fabaceae overall. It is considered a problem weed in New Zealand and has been noted as being readily utilised by honey bees and bumblebees (Huryn & Moller 1995). Trifolium repens (L.) was the second most visited Fabaceae and was only used by honey bees and bumblebees. Trifolium (clover) are important pasture legumes that are abundant throughout New Zealand’s modified landscapes (Charlton & Brock 1980), and were mainly present at low elevation plots (1A, 1B) and along roadsides. Several Trifolium spp. have strong associations with introduced bees. Bumblebees in particular were introduced for the pollination of Trifolium (Howlett & Donovan 2010). The long and narrow floral tubes of Trifolium generally exclude most native bees from utilising resources. Although there have been some observations of native bees visiting Trifolium repens, it may not be a preferred or consistently visited resource in comparison to plant species in the Asteraceae (Malone et al. 2010). Another invasive Fabaceae that was readily visited by all bee groups was scotch broom (Cytisus scoparius L.) (Bellingham & Coomes 2003; Donovan 2007), though it was rare in the study area. The relative preferences of introduced bees for Fabaceae is likely a result of their high nectar rewards as compared to other species available in the area (Miller 2015). As with Asteraceae species, pollination by introduced bees has the potential to facilitate the invasive success of introduced Fabaceae (Huryn & Moller 1995), although the degree of pollination reliance of introduced plants may vary where species are apomictic (and may form seeds without pollination). Information on the respective breeding strategies of select introduced and native plant species on The Remarkables can be found in Miller (2015, Table A4.1).

Consequences for plants and pollinators from floral preferences

The widespread utilisation of introduced plant species by introduced and native bees may have wide ranging impacts on subsequent plant reproduction and resource diversity. Introduced plants have the potential to integrate into existing native pollination networks in ways that may be

156

Chapter 5 Discussion positive for native pollinators (Memmott & Waser 2002). Introduced plant species may result in increased bee abundances by increasing the carrying capacity of local bee populations (Tepedino et al. 2008), affecting competition for resources. Introduced floral visitors in mixed origin (native and introduced) plant communities may also interact more closely with introduced plant species (Morales & Aizen 2006). The relative preferences of pollinators can have negative consequences for native plant species where preferential pollination of introduced plants results in reduced reproductive potential of native plants (Hanna et al. 2013).

Introduced plant species that integrate into native plant pollination networks via generalist pollinators (native or introduced) may do so without reducing pollination linkages (Aizen et al. 2008; Padrón et al. 2009). Visitation linkages may also increase, though pollination may not increase in tandem if only certain species’ pollen are disproportionately transported (Lopezaraiza-Mikel et al. 2007). In addition, the relative contributions of native or introduced generalist bees to pollination networks may change, with potentially negative effects for native plant reproduction based on new respective floral preferences (Aizen et al. 2008).

On The Remarkables, Miller (2015) discussed preferential pollination and found that native plant species examined were not suffering from pollen limitation, potentially because of generalised pollination syndromes. Regardless of the strong preferences for introduced species, if native plants are adequately pollinated there may be little effect on plant communities in the way of pollinator-mediated differential reproduction. The widespread range of introduced generalist bees has likely made them important pollinators for native and introduced plant species in New Zealand (Huryn 1995; Donovan 2007; Howlett & Donovan 2010). Subsequently, the use of native flowers by honey bees may result in a net positive contribution to pollination in native plant communities (Huryn 1997), although honey bees at study sites were rarely observed visiting native species (1% of counts, n = 191). On The Remarkables, native bees were highly abundant and generalist on both native and introduced flowers, potentially making them the most important pollinators for all plants.

The widespread utilisation of both native and introduced plant species by native bees (Chapter 3) and Miller’s (2015) findings that native plant species were not pollen limited suggest that there may be a net benefit for pollination of native plants on The Remarkables. The benefits however may be limited by the ability of introduced plant species to invade native habitats. For example,

157

Chapter 5 Discussion

Achillea millefolium was the most visited plant species and is considered pollination limited (Bourdôt & Field 1988). However, on The Remarkables and at similar elevations in Australia, A. millefolium is usually only found mostly adjacent to road margins and in disturbed sites, suggesting limitations to dispersal (Johnston & Pickering 2001; Miller 2015). Thus, plant dispersal ability in addition to the degree of pollinator attractance and pollination dependency is important for predicting invasive potential.

On The Remarkables introduced plant species often have higher quality resources, in particular pollen, than native species (Miller 2015, Table 3.4). Information from field surveys undertaken as part of this thesis from 2014 – 2016 also show that introduced plant species flower later and longer in the season than spring flowering native plant species, providing additional resources after the main flowering of native species (Chapter 2). Native bees can have more than one generation per season, and late season resources may extend reproductive behaviour further (Donovan 2007 p21-22). It is possible that native bee populations are more abundant and persist longer when introduced plant species are present, which may increase the potential for competition between bee taxa.

Potential for competition between bees

Species-specific foraging strategies may reduce competition between bee species at the sites examined in The Remarkables (Chapter 3). Competition is generally defined by overlapping demand for resources and a subsequent differential utilisation, although detecting the mechanisms, presence, and degree of competition can be difficult aspects to measure (Schoener 1983). In the face of competition, animals may alter their behaviour to minimise potential competition (Parrish & Saila 1970; Carothers & Fabian 1984). For bees that utilise similar resources, competition may result if those resources are limiting (van Veen et al. 2006). Bees may avoid competition by partitioning floral resources temporally (Carothers & Fabian 1984), by diverging in emergence time across a season (Goulson 2003), or by using different nesting habitat (Potts et al. 2005). The partitioning of floral resources through generalisation or specialisation is a method of avoiding competition commonly seen in bees (Graham & Jones 1996; Paini 2004; Franco et al. 2009).

158

Chapter 5 Discussion

In the present study, analyses of bee choices in relation to Plot Floral Availability could only be examined in the context of the range of plant species utilised by each bee group. Significant associations with Plot Floral Availability were only present for the early season when more floral options were available. Only forager counts of Lasioglossum and Bombus terrestris correlated with Plot Floral Availability in the early season, meaning that of the plants in their floral repertoire they utilised the most abundant species. In the late season when fewer plants were flowering and choices were more restricted, the strong preference for A. millefolium suggested that generalist native bees will readily specialise on a highly rewarding species. Lasioglossum had the greatest range of floral usage of all bee groups, supporting Donovan’s (1980) observations of floral generalisation in the genus. Bombus terrestris is known to be particularly generalist in its native range as well as in New Zealand (Walther-Hellwig et al. 2006; Lye et al. 2010). Leioproctus had a smaller repertoire than Lasioglossum, while still visiting a wide range of native species. Notably, Leioproctus did not show foraging correlations with PFA, suggesting specific preferences for introduced Asteraceae in line with what is known about Colletinae (Donovan 2007 p18). Apis mellifera and Bombus terrestris had the most limited floral repertoire and highly preferred introduced Fabaceae, consistent with previous observations in New Zealand (Donovan 1980; Goulson & Hanley 2004). Hylaeus species are excluded from discussion because of their rarity during the study, although they are known to be important pollinators particularly at high elevations (Bischoff et al. 2013).

Much of the literature on bee competition is focused on honey bees where they have been introduced. In contrast, there are relatively few studies of solitary bee competition, especially in New Zealand. Both native and introduced plant species were utilised by native bees extensively during the early season, but never to the extent that floral resources seemed to be limiting. Floral resources may seldom be limiting factors for native bees in an alpine-montane environment, particularly as the reproductive periods of bees lag behind flowering (Minckley et al. 2003). Some native bees, such as the highly generalist and abundant Lasioglossum sordidum (Smith), are active beyond the flowering periods of most of their host plants (Donovan 2007 p131-133). If resources were indeed a limiting factor, the addition of introduced floral resources could increase native bee populations beyond historical abundances (Tepedino et al. 2008). However, late season floral resources from Achillea millefolium were probably still not fully exploited by

159

Chapter 5 Discussion higher abundances of native bees (compared to early seasons) because other floral resources that native bees were known to visit were relatively underutilised.

The potential competitive effects of honey bees and bumblebees on native bees have been examined in previous studies by comparing abundances, diversity, and floral overlap with native bees in the presence of honey bees and bumblebees (Goulson et al. 2002). Honey bees have also been shown to affect the presence of other insect visitors, even when floral resources are not necessarily limiting (Lindström et al. 2016). On The Remarkables, however, native insects did not show any reductions in abundance in the presence of honey bees, potentially because honey bees occurred at low densities despite the hive introductions. Analyses of pollen samples from returning honey bee foragers revealed strong preferences for introduced flowers not generally visited by native bees. While honey bees introduced into The Remarkables sites showed no preference for local native plant species, honey bees are known to broadly utilise native New Zealand flowers (Huryn 1995). Interestingly, pollen analyses revealed honey bees were visiting a similar range of introduced species as bumblebees.

Honey bees are often thought to compete with solitary bees and bumblebees (Chapter 1), but studies on the effects of honey bees on solitary bees have yielded conflicting results (Huryn 1997; Dupont et al. 2004; Paini 2004; Shavit et al. 2009; Goras et al. 2016). The degree of competition and potential lack thereof may be attributed to differences in floral overlap between seasons and habitats, reflecting the local potential for partitioning of resources (Goras et al. 2016). If floral resources on The Remarkables are not limiting, plant preferences of native and introduced bees are potentially irrelevant to competition. Differences in the floral preferences of different bee genera reduced competition during potentially limiting periods, particularly between native and introduced bees. The results suggest potential for niche overlap between honey bees and bumblebees, and within native groups, but relatively little competition between introduced bees and native bees, at least at The Remarkables sites. Honey bees and bumblebees require relatively large amounts of nectar from which to create stored honey while solitary bees do not store nectar and utilise proportionally more pollen than social bees (Michener 2000; O’Toole & Raw 2004). In addition, the smaller size of native bees compared to introduced bees limits their ability to collect similar amounts of resources, and thus utilising resources from less rewarding flowers is not necessarily inefficient (Heinrich 1981). As a result, each bee type may

160

Chapter 5 Discussion have a distinct range of floral choices independent of abundance or total resource quality, depending on the respective proportion of pollen or nectar rewards of that flower.

Generalist honey bees and bumblebees often overlap in floral resource utilisation and subsequently have higher potential for interspecific competition (Franco et al. 2009). Some species of bumblebees may shift resources and reduce potential competitive effects in the presence of increased honey bee densities, depending on their abilities to utilise other resources more efficiently (Walther-Hellwig et al. 2006). In terms of direct fitness, proximity to honey bee hives has the potential to reduce bumblebee colony success in experiments under field conditions (Thomson 2004). Honey bee presence has also been shown to reduce the worker size of bumblebees (Goulson & Sparrow 2009). Likewise, bumblebees may negatively affect honey bees by reducing available resources via nectar robbing (Sáez et al. 2017). In other aspects, honey bees do not compete for nesting sites with bumblebees and competition may be minimal if nesting sites are limiting for either species (Huryn 1997; Howlett & Donovan 2010).

On The Remarkables, honey bees and bumblebees had the most similar usage of resources, mainly visiting the same two flower species (Lotus pedunculatus, Trifolium repens). However, honey bees were not abundant in the landscape and the introduction of honey bee hives did not affect bumblebee foraging (Chapter 3). It is likely that if present in sufficient numbers, honey bees and bumblebees have the greatest potential for resource competition than any combination of a particular introduced bee species and any species of native bee. While only B. terrestris was observed foraging on The Remarkables, three other species are present in New Zealand (though B. subterraneus is rare). Bumblebee species that coexist may partition floral resources via tongues (probosces) of different length (Heinrich 1976) or by foraging at different times (Lye et al. 2010). Where introduced however, the medium-tongued Bombus terrestris may compete with other Bombus spp. through competitive exclusion when nest habitat preferences overlap (Inoue & Yokoyama 2010). In Japan, Bombus spp. which do not overlap in nesting preferences were minimally impacted by B. terrestris although floral resource usage overlapped (Inoue & Yokoyama 2010). In New Zealand, two long tongued species, B. hortorum (Linnaeus) and B. ruderatus (Fabricius) have the most limited floral range and greatest overlap in flower selection. B. terrestris has a shorter tongue and is much more widespread (Howlett & Donovan 2010). While nesting habits are similar and potentially the most likely source of competition, the limited

161

Chapter 5 Discussion floral repertoires of other Bombus species may explain the relative success of B. terrestris (Lye et al. 2010).

Other aspects of competition

Foraging ranges can vary substantially among bee species (Knight et al. 2005), and may have consequences for resource partitioning. Foraging ranges of solitary bees can be extremely local, in the order of a few centimetres between burrow and flower (J. Iwasaki, observation of repeated visits of Lasioglossum maunga Donovan to Pimelea sericeovillosa, December 2015) to ranges between 100 m to 1.1 km (Zurbuchen et al. 2010). sSocial bees may forage at ranges up to several kilometres distant. Apis mellifera for example is known to forage locally and up to 10 kilometres (Steffan-Dewenter & Kuhn 2003; Greenleaf et al. 2007). Bombus terrestris commonly forages up to at least 800 m, but will remain within 100 m of the nest if resources are available nearby (Wolf & Moritz 2008). Local substrate conditions may result in very high local densities of native bee nests and local species assemblages that may be dramatically different from relatively nearby communities (Primack 1978). Thus native bees may be more restricted to local resources and affected by localised resource overlap than introduced bees.

Nesting sites are another potential source of competition between bees. All native bee species generally dig or re-use narrow excavated tunnels with branching individual chambers (Donovan 2007 p21-22). Native bee genera have the greatest potential overlap in nesting sites. Native bee compositions may be strongly tied with habitat type (Ricketts et al. 2004; Williams & Kremen 2007; Koh et al. 2016), and the specific nesting substrate choices of native New Zealand bees can be highly specific (Donovan 2007 p21-22). It may be that nesting sites are a more important factor than resources. In ground nesting bumblebees, nest site competition with other Bombus species may be the most significant form of competition (Inoue & Yokoyama 2010). Bumblebees utilise larger ground cavities for colony construction, such as abandoned rodent burrows (Goulson 2003). Honey bees by contrast generally nest in cavities, such as rocky outcrops or holes in trees (Seeley 1978). As the three groups of bees use nesting habitats that do not overlap, there is little potential for nesting competition (Howlett & Donovan 2010).

162

Chapter 5 Discussion

Resource use overlap is often used as a proxy for actual competition without measuring direct fitness consequences (Huryn 1997; Paini 2004). On The Remarkables, other factors pertaining to niche overlap (such as potential overlap in nesting sites or potential competition within limited foraging ranges) also seemingly preclude competition. Although direct reproductive success of the bee groups studied here was not measured, if resources are not being exploited by a competing species there may be little potential for indirect competition as a result (e.g., pollinator displacement, resource depletion). Taking into account all of these metrics, evidence for competition between introduced and native bees on The Remarkables is limited.

Closer analysis of competition between Bombus and Apis

Honey bees and bumblebees successfully foraged in controlled conditions on artificial flowers in glasshouse experiments (Chapter 4). Diurnal patterns of foraging behaviour by bumblebees did not change in the presence of honey bees. Bumblebees are adapted to cold temperatures (Heinrich 1993), while honey bees evolved in the tropics (Seeley 1978). Their different temperature tolerances suggest the possibility of temporal partitioning of resources. However, peak foraging times overlapped for both bee species, and bumblebees on the control side displayed foraging patterns in relation to time of day that were the same, irrespective of whether honey bees were present or absent.

The artificial flower treatments (32 vs. 64 flower arrays) produced reductions in honey bee foraging counts, but not in bumblebee counts, suggesting differential responses to changing resource availability. Bumblebees also showed different foraging patterns to those of honey bees in the presence of lower/higher quality (2-M vs. 4-M sucrose solution) resources. The differences in behaviour may be attributed to the different foraging strategies used by honey bees and bumblebees. Bumblebees showed significant preferences for higher sugar concentrations while honey bees did not. This was surprising, as honey bees are known to recruit foragers to high quality floral resources (Goulson & Sparrow 2009) . Bumblebees as individuals respond quickly to changes in floral resource availability (Inouye 1978), whereas responses of honey bees may be affected by social interactions, for example, by the level of recruitment via dance communication (Gardner et al. 2008). Consistent with the findings of Inouye (1978), bumblebees in the

163

Chapter 5 Discussion glasshouse showed an ability to shift rapidly to higher quality resources when foraging as individuals. While this may confer an advantage if honey bee abundances are high, patterns of activity observed in this study suggested that direct displacement of bumblebees by honey bees from flowers is unlikely. Although bees showed different responses to treatments, experiments in the glasshouse revealed little, if any, direct competition between bumblebees and honey bees. Competition between honey bees and bumblebees may be reduced by a range of foraging strategies. In Germany, Walther-Hellwig et al. (2006), found that B. terrestris foraged on potentially higher rewarding flowers at increased distances from honey bee hives, while honey bees foraged nearer to hives. Rogers et al. (2013) in similar experiments found that honey bees and bumblebees (Bombus impatiens Cresson) had different behavioural responses to interspecific encounters while foraging, with bumblebees being less likely to continue foraging after contact with a honey bee. However, B. impatiens is from North America, where honey bees are not native. Walther-Hellwig et al. (2006) found that non-B. terrestris bumblebees had greater reductions in foraging densities with increasing numbers of honey bees than B. terrestris. The differences in foraging behaviour observed by Walther-Hellwig et al. (2006) were potentially based on differences in tongue length and floral choices. It may also be that B. terrestris, having co-evolved with honey bees in Eurasia, may have different behavioural responses in the presence of honey bees.

Additional glasshouse studies with standardised foraging arrays and a greater variety of treatments are needed to confirm the results of this study. Studies utilising video data may be able to discern subtle changes in bumblebee behaviour in the presence of honey bees, such as whether bumblebees are spending relatively less time foraging at artificial flowers as counts from instantaneous data (e.g., photographs) would appear to suggest. Analyses of videos recorded during the experiment would also be useful for insights into behavioural aspects of foraging interactions that fell outside of the scope of this thesis.

Future directions

In the field, native bees were only identified to genus without comprehensive sampling to avoid affecting local populations and to minimise impacts in conservation areas, which limited

164

Chapter 5 Discussion inferences for individual bee species. While there were only two Lasioglossum species present, species identification in the field was not feasible because of their small size. For Leioproctus, at least four species were identified. In the field, some level of species identification was possible but not consistently reliable. Individual species preferences and abundances over time were thus not able to be analysed. For future studies with additional bee sampling, patterns of species abundances as flowering phenology changes could provide more insight into the potential for interspecific competition as native species vary in their respective emergence patterns (Donovan 2007). Sampling of native bee species in future studies could also provide information on niche partitioning and greater possible diversity of what are likely cryptic species complexes (Barry Donovan, personal communication 2015). These studies could take into account individual species preferences and how they change over time in the presence/absence of other floral visitors. As bumblebees are significant pollinators in New Zealand (Donovan 2007; Howlett & Donovan 2010), research on the local impacts of honey bees on bumblebee populations is also warranted particularly where honey bees are present in high abundances (e.g., apiaries).

Honey bee hive additions did not have the desired effect of increasing local honey bee densities, and resource overlap could only be inferred by pollen found on foragers. Future studies should replicate honey bee hive additions with greater densities of hives to ensure localised foraging, as well replicates in other habitats. Although bees were the dominant pollinator in this habitat, the importance of flies as pollinators and the potential impacts on fly populations by honey bees should be a focus of research in future studies.

Pollen is an important resource, and whether or not it is a limiting factor may be most relevant for potential honey bee competition with solitary bees (Minckley et al. 2003). Studies on bee communities near apiary sites should be prioritised, as they likely represent the highest densities of honey bees in New Zealand. Future studies should also directly examine the relative importance of pollen and nectar in floral choices of native and introduced bees as an additional component of niche partitioning.

New Zealand’s landscape has changed dramatically since human settlement, with native vegetation reduced to less than 60% of land area (Wardle 1991). The most significant habitats in New Zealand are exotic grasslands, followed by native forest, tussock grasslands, and introduced forest (New Zealand Flora 2017; Wardle 1991). Bee floral resource preferences identified in this

165

Chapter 5 Discussion study are mainly applicable to native tussock grasslands and sub-alpine herb fields across the South Island, much of which is invaded by introduced plant species. The results of this study are particularly relevant to plant communities at the edges of native and exotic grasslands, as well as adjacent to other disturbed habitats such as roadsides. These habitat types are often bordered by native scrub that contains manuka (Leptospermum scoparium J.R. & G. Forst, Myrtaceae), a native species particularly popular for commercial honey production (Newstrom & Robertson 2005). Murphy and Robertson (2000) concluded that competition between honey bees and native insects is possible in these habitats, as they contain plant species utilised by both native and introduced bee groups and are popular sites for apiarists. If feral honey bee populations have been significantly reduced from their formerly widespread range after the introduced of Varroa destructor (Anderson & Trueman) (Iwasaki et al. 2015), the greatest potential for competition exists where large quantities of domestic honey bee hives are present for commercial honey production. Commercial honey bee apiaries have been shown to reduce the fecundity of local solitary bees, particularly when floral resources choices are limited in diversity (Paini & Roberts 2005). However, observational studies in New Zealand on the impact of honey bees foraging on manuka have failed to show negative impacts on native bees, potentially because of abundant floral resources (Murphy & Robertson 2000; Bennik 2009).

The habitats most distinct from those used in this study are native forests, which are composed of a range of forest types, from coastal lowland podocarp forests to mountainous beech forest (Wardle 1991). Forests have high vertical dimensionality which include tree species that have coevolved with nectivorous birds. Trees such as Metrosideros umbellata (Cav., Myrtaceae) and Weinmannia racemosa (L.f., Cunoniaceae) produce large quantities of nectar resources that are available to birds as well as insect visitors (Newstrom & Robertson 2005). Both species produce popular varieties of honey available from commercial apiarists. These areas may have the greatest potential for rebound of native bee populations if floral resources were limiting before varroa invasion decimated feral honey bee colonies. Understanding the respective floral choices and preferences of native bees in scrublands and forests, in addition to grasslands, would help with completing the understanding of the potential effects of honey bees on native bees in New Zealand.

166

Chapter 5 Discussion

Conclusions This study found no significant overlap of resource use between introduced and native bees on The Remarkables. Although both introduced and native bees are generalists that exploit a wide range of native plants (Huryn 1995), the difference in preferences and lack of significant overlap of floral utilisation in this study suggest there is little potential for resource competition when preferred resources are available. Donovan (1980) also notes that the peaks in native bee abundances occur during peak nectar availability (honey flow/production), when floral resources are not likely to be a limiting factor in the environment. The combination of different innate floral preferences and peak population abundances during times of high floral resource availability support the hypothesis that native bees and introduced bees partition floral resources in New Zealand montane-alpine environments.

The breadth of resource overlap between bees also implies that any reduction of feral honey bees in New Zealand may ultimately favour increases in bumblebee populations more than native bees. While bumblebees, particularly B. terrestris, are present in the same habitats as native bees, nesting sites may be a limiting factor that prevents significant numbers of bumblebees from persisting in an area. Honey bees have been shown to have the potential to negatively impact bumblebees elsewhere, but whether this is true in New Zealand is unclear (Wratt 1968; Thomson 2004; Paini 2004; Walther-Hellwig et al. 2006; Goulson & Sparrow 2009).

As outlined in parts of Iwasaki et al. (2015) (Chapter 1), the situation in Australia offers a varroa free environment that is likely temporary. Understanding native bee population dynamics prior to reductions of honey bees from varroa invasion will be integral for deconstructing the past impact of honey bees on native bees across communities. Whether or not varroa is spreading Deformed Wing Virus to bumblebees and native bees in New Zealand should likewise be examined. This is of particular concern for non-Apis bees that are not directly susceptible to varroa, but may otherwise suffer from associated diseases.

Though native bees can be locally abundant and their conservation status seems relatively stable, comprehensive information on species life histories is lacking (Donovan 2007). Some native bees prefer specific plant taxa, and may be more at risk than more generalist native species. The increasing understanding that native bees show distinct floral preferences also highlights the potential for dependencies on particular host plants. While many native bees may not be directly

167

Chapter 5 Discussion affected by introduced bees in terms of resource competition, their populations are dependent on the availability of suitable nesting sites. The conservation of diverse habitats with native plant species, particularly in human-altered landscapes, may be integral in supporting robust native bee communities (Kremen & M’Gonigle 2015). Native bees are often present in high abundances in agriculture and their contributions to pollination can be significant (Rader et al. 2012; Garibaldi et al. 2013). The potential of native bees to provide unmanaged agricultural pollination services in New Zealand can contribute additional robustness in systems that often rely disproportionately on honey bees. In order to ensure healthy populations of native bees in New Zealand in the future, more research is needed on what conditions contribute to healthy communities and where populations may be vulnerable.

168

References

Abou-Shaara, H.F. (2015) Thermal tolerance characteristics of two honey bee races. Journal of Agricultural and Urban Entomology, 31, 1–8.

Abou-Shaara, H.F., Al-Ghamdi, A.A. & Mohamed, A.A. (2012) Tolerance of two honey bee races to various temperature and relative humidity gradients. Environmental and Experimental Biology, 10, 133–138.

Affre, L., Suehs, C.M., Charpentier, S., Vilà, M., Brundu, G., Lambdon, P., Traveset, A. & Hulme, P.E. (2010) Consistency in the habitat degree of invasion for three invasive plant species across Mediterranean islands. Biological Invasions, 12, 2537–2548.

Aizen, M.A., Garibaldi, L.A., Cunningham, S.A. & Klein, A.M. (2008a) Long-term global trends in crop yield and production reveal no current pollination shortage but increasing pollinator dependency. Current biology : CB, 18, 1572–1575.

Aizen, M.A. & Harder, L.D. (2009) The global stock of domesticated honey bees is growing slower than agricultural demand for pollination. Current Biology, 19, 915–918.

Aizen, M.A., Morales, C.L. & Morales, J.M. (2008b) Invasive mutualists erode native pollination webs. PLoS Biology, 6, e31.

Alarcón, R., Waser, N.M. & Ollerton, J. (2008) Year-to-year variation in the topology of a plant-pollinator interaction network. Oikos, 117, 1796–1807.

Alexander, J.M., Kueffer, C., Daehler, C.C., Edwards, P.J., Pauchard, A. & Seipel, T. (2011) Assembly of nonnative floras along elevational gradients explained by directional ecological filtering. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 108, 656–661.

Alexander, J.M., Naylor, B., Poll, M., Edwards, P.J. & Dietz, H. (2009) Plant invasions along mountain roads: The altitudinal amplitude of alien Asteraceae forbs in their native and introduced ranges. Ecography, 32, 334–344.

Alford, D. V. (1975) Bumblebees. David-Poynter, London.

Allen-Wardell, G., Bernhardt, P., Bitner, R., Buchmann, S., Burquez, A., Cane, J., Cox, P.A., Dalton, V., Feinsinger, P., Ingram, M., Inouye, D.W., Jones, C.E., Kennedy, K., Kevan, P., Koopowitz, H., Medellin, R., Medellin-Morales, S., Nabhan, G.P., Pavlik, B., Tepedino, V., Torchio, P. & Walker, S. (1998) The potential consequences of pollinator declines on the conservation of biodiversity and stability of food crop yields. Conservation Biology, 12, 8–17.

Andersen, K.M., Naylor, B.J., Endress, B.A. & Parks, C.G. (2015) Contrasting distribution patterns of invasive and naturalized non-native species along environmental gradients in a semi-arid montane ecosystem. Applied Vegetation Science, 18, 683–693.

Anderson, S.H. (2003) The relative importance of birds and insects as pollinators of the New Zealand flora. New Zealand Journal of Ecology, 27, 83–94.

170

Arévalo, J.R., Delgado, J.D., Otto, R., Naranjo, A., Salas, M. & Fernández-Palacios, J.M. (2005) Distribution of alien vs. native plant species in roadside communities along an altitudinal gradient in Tenerife and Gran Canaria (Canary Islands). Perspectives in Plant Ecology, Evolution and Systematics, 7, 185–202.

Aronne, G., Giovanetti, M., Guarracino, M.R. & de Micco, V. (2012) Foraging rules of flower selection applied by colonies of Apis mellifera: Ranking and associations of floral sources. Functional Ecology, 26, 1186–1196.

Arroyo, M.T.K., Armesto, J.J. & Villagran, C. (1981) Plant phenological patterns in the high Andean Cordillera of central Chile. Journal of Ecology, 69, 205–223.

Arroyo, M.T.K., Primack, R. & Armesto, J. (1982) Community studies in pollination ecology in the high yemperate Andes of central Chile. I. Pollination mechanisms and altitudinal variation. American Journal of Botany, 69, 82–97.

Artz, D.R., Hsu, C.L. & Nault, B.A. (2011) Influence of honey bee, Apis mellifera, hives and field Size on foraging activity of native bee species in pumpkin fields. Environmental Entomology, 40, 1144–1158.

Austrheim, G. (2002) Plant diversity patterns in semi-natural grasslands along an elevational gradient in southern Norway. Plant Ecology, 161, 193–205.

Badano, E.I. & Vergara, C.H. (2011) Potential negative effects of exotic honey bees on the diversity of native pollinators and yield of highland coffee plantations. Agricultural and Forest Entomology, 13, 365–372.

Bagella, S., Satta, A., Floris, I., Caria, M.C., Rossetti, I. & Podani, J. (2013) Effects of plant community composition and flowering phenology on honeybee foraging in Mediterranean sylvo-pastoral systems. Applied Vegetation Science, 16, 689–697.

Baker, H.G. (1965) Characteristics and modes of origin of weeds. The Genetics of Colonizing Species, 147–168.

Bąkowski, M. & Boroń, M. (2005) Flower visitation patterns of some species of Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera). Biological Letters, 42, 13–19.

Balfour, N.J., Garbuzov, M. & Ratnieks, F.L.W. (2013) Longer tongues and swifter handling: Why do more bumble bees (Bombus spp.) than honey bees (Apis mellifera) forage on lavender (Lavandula spp.)? Ecological Entomology, 38, 323–329.

Barnett, J. & Pauling, J. (2005) The Environmental effects of New Zealand’s free-market reforms. Environment, Development and Sustainability, 7, 271–289.

Bates, D., Maechler, M. & Bolker, B. (2013) lme4: Linear mixed-effects models using S4 classes. R package version 0.999999-2.

Batley, M. & Hogendoorn, K. (2009) Diversity and conservation status of native Australian bees. Apidologie, 40, 347–354.

171

Baude, M., Kunin, W.E., Boatman, N.D., Conyers, S., Davies, N., Gillespie, M.A.K., Morton, R.D., Smart, S.M. & Memmott, J. (2016) Historical nectar assessment reveals the fall and rise of floral resources in Britain. Nature, 530, 85–88.

Becker, T., Dietz, H., Billeter, R., Buschmann, H. & Edwards, P.J. (2005) Altitudinal distribution of alien plant species in the Swiss Alps. Perspectives in Plant Ecology, Evolution and Systematics, 7, 173–183.

Beekman, M., Stratum, P. & Veerman, A. (1999) Selection for non-diapause in the bumblebee Bombus terrestris, with notes on the effect of inbreeding. Entomologia Experimentalis et Applicata, 93, 69–75.

Bellingham, P.J. & Coomes, D.A. (2003) Grazing and community structure as determinants of invasion success by Scotch broom in a New Zealand montane shrubland. Diversity and Distributions, 9, 19–28.

Benadi, G., Hovestadt, T., Poethke, H.-J. & Blüthgen, N. (2014) Specialization and phenological synchrony of plant-pollinator interactions along an altitudinal gradient (ed T Ings). Journal of Animal Ecology, 83, 639–650.

Bennik, R.M. (2009) The Effects of Honeybees (Apis Mellifera) on the Biodiversity of Manuka (Leptospermum Scoparium) Patches. Massey University, Palmerston North, New Zealand.

Bischoff, M. (2008) Pollination Ecology of the New Zealand Alpine Flora. University of Heidelberg, Heidelberg, Germany.

Bischoff, M., Campbell, D.R., Lord, J.M. & Robertson, A.W. (2013) The relative importance of solitary bees and syrphid flies as pollinators of two outcrossing plant species in the New Zealand alpine. Austral Ecology, 38, 169–176.

Bortolotti, L., Sabatini, a, Mutinelli, F., Astuti, M., Lavazza, a, Piro, R., Tesoriero, D., Medrzycki, P., Sgolastra, F. & Porrini, C. (2009) Spring honey bee losses in Italy. Julius-Kühn-Archiv, 423, 148–152.

Bourdôt, G.W. & Field, R.J. (1988) Review on ecology and control of Achillea millefolium L. (yarrow) on arable land in New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Experimental Agriculture, 16, 99–108.

Bourdôt, G.W., Fowler, S. V., Edwards, G.R., Kriticos, D.J., Kean, J.M., Rahman, A. & Parsons, A.J. (2007) Pastoral weeds in New Zealand: Status and potential solutions. New Zealand Journal of Agricultural Research, 50, 139–161.

Breeze, T.D., Bailey, A.P., Balcombe, K.G. & Potts, S.G. (2011) Pollination services in the UK: How important are honeybees? Agriculture, Ecosystems and Environment, 142, 137–143.

Brodie, J. (1985) Vegetation Analysis. Grassland Studies: Practical Ecology Series pp. 7–9. George Allen and Unwin, Boston, MA.

172

Brookes, R.H. & Jesson, L.K. (2007) No evidence for simultaneous pollen and resource limitation in Aciphylla squarrosa: A long-lived, masting herb. Austral Ecology, 32, 370– 377.

Brown, B.J., Mitchell, R.J. & Graham, S.A. (2002) Competition for pollination between an invasive species (purple loosestrife) and a native congener. Ecology, 83, 2328–2336.

Brown, M.J.F. & Paxton, R.J. (2009) The conservation of bees: a global perspective. Apidologie, 40, 410–416.

Bruckman D, Campbell DR (2014) Floral neighborhood influences pollinator assemblages and effective pollination in a native plant. Oecologia 176, 465–476.

Bruckman D, Campbell DR (2016) Timing of invasive pollen deposition influences pollen tube growth and seed set in a native plant. Biol Invasions 18, 1701–1711.

Burkle, L.A., Marlin, J.C. & Knight, T.M. (2013) Plant-pollinator interactions over 120 years: Loss of species, co-occurance, and function. Science, 339, 1611–1615.

Campbell, D.R., Bischoff, M., Lord, J.M. & Robertson, A.W. (2010) Flower color influences insect visitation in alpine New Zealand. Ecology, 91, 2638–2649.

Campbell, D.R., Bischoff, M., Lord, J.M. & Robertson, A.W. (2012) Where have all the blue flowers gone: pollinator responses and selection on flower colour in New Zealand Wahlenbergia albomarginata. Journal of Evolutionary Biology, 25, 352–364.

Cardelús, C.L., Colwell, R.K. & Watkins Jr, J. (2006) Vascular epiphyte distribution patterns: explaining the mid-elevation richness peak. Journal of Ecology, 94, 144–156.

Carothers, J.H. & Fabian, M.J. (1984) Time as a niche difference: The role of interference competition. Oikos, 42, 403–406.

Carvalheiro, L.G., Barbosa, E.R.M. & Memmott, J. (2008) Pollinator networks, alien species and the conservation of rare plants: Trinia glauca as a case study. Journal of Applied Ecology, 45, 1419–1427.

Carvalheiro, L.G., Biesmeijer, J.C., Benadi, G., Fründ, J., Stang, M., Bartomeus, I., Kaiser- Bunbury, C.N., Baude, M., Gomes, S.I.F., Merckx, V., Baldock, K.C.R., Bennett, A.T.D., Boada, R., Bommarco, R., Cartar, R., Chacoff, N., Dänhardt, J., Dicks, L. V., Dormann, C.F., Ekroos, J., Henson, K.S.E., Holzschuh, A., Junker, R.R., Lopezaraiza- Mikel, M., Memmott, J., Montero-Castaño, A., Nelson, I.L., Petanidou, T., Power, E.F., Rundlöf, M., Smith, H.G., Stout, J.C., Temitope, K., Tscharntke, T., Tscheulin, T., Vilà, M. & Kunin, W.E. (2014) The potential for indirect effects between co-flowering plants via shared pollinators depends on resource abundance, accessibility and relatedness. Ecology Letters, 17, 1389–1399.

Carvell, C. (2002) Habitat use and conservation of bumblebees (Bombus spp.) under different grassland management regimes. Biological Conservation, 103, 33–49.

173

Charlton, J.F.L. & Brock, J.L. (1980) Establishment of Lotus pedunculatus and Trifolium repens in newly developed hill country. New Zealand Journal of Experimental Agriculture, 8, 243–248.

Chittka, L. & Schürkens, S. (2001) Successful invasion of a floral market. Nature, 411, 653.

Cnaani, J., Borst, D.W., Huang, Z.-Y., Robinson, G.E. & Hefetz, A. (1997) Caste determination in Bombus terrestris: Differences in development and rates of JH biosynthesis between queen and worker larvae. Journal of Insect Physiology, 43, 373– 381.

Conran, J.G., Mildenhall, D.C., Lee, D.E., Lindqvist, J.K., Shephard, C., Beu, a. G., Bannister, J.M. & Stein, J.K. (2014) Subtropical rainforest vegetation from Cosy Dell, Southland: plant fossil evidence for Late Oligocene terrestrial ecosystems. New Zealand Journal of Geology and Geophysics, 57, 236–252.

Cornell University. Pollen Grains Reference Library. URL accessed 24, January 2017. http://blogs.cornell.edu/pollengrains/

Costanza, R., Arge, R., Groot, R. De, Farberk, S., Grasso, M., Hannon, B., Limburg, K., Naeem, S., Neill, R.V.O., Paruelo, J., Raskin, R.G. & Suttonkk, P. (1997) The value of the world’s ecosystem services and natural capital. Nature, 387, 253–260.

Crepet, W.L. (2008) The fossil record of angiosperms: requiem or renaissance? Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden, 95, 3–33.

Crepet, W.L. & Niklas, K.J. (2009) Darwin’s second “abominable mystery”: Why are there so many angiosperm species? American Journal of Botany, 96, 366–381.

Cumber, R.A. (1949) An overwintering nest of the bumble-bee Bombus. New Zealand Science Review, 76–77.

Cunningham, S.A., FitzGibbon, F. & Heard, T. (2002) The future of pollinators for Australian agriculture. Australian Journal of Agricultural Research, 53, 893–900.

Dams, L.R. (2015) Bees and honey-hunting scenes in the Mesolithic rock art of eastern Spain. Bee World, 59, 45–53.

Danforth, B.N., Cardinal, S., Praz, C., Almeida, E.A.B. & Michez, D. (2013) The impact of molecular data on our understanding of bee phylogeny and evolution. Annual Review of Entomology, 58, 57–78.

Danforth, B.N. & Sipes, S. (2006) The history of early bee diversification based on five genes plus morphology. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 103, 15118–15123.

Darby, J.R., Fordyce, E., Mark, A., Probert, K. & Townsend, C. (eds). (2003) The Natural History of Southern New Zealand. University of Otago Press, Dunedin, New Zealand.

Darwin, C. (1862) On the Various Contrivances by Which British and Foreign Orchids Are Fertilised by Insects. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.

174

De Luca, P.A. & Vallejo-Marin, M. (2013) What’s the “buzz” about? The ecology and evolutionary significance of buzz-pollination. Current Opinion in Plant Biology, 16, 429–435.

Dennis, R.L.H. (2012) A Resource-Based Habitat View for Conservation: Butterflies in the British Landscape.

Dobbie, L.R. (2009) Morphological Matching between Alpine Plants and Their Pollinators. University of Otago, Dunedin, New Zealand.

Donovan, B.J. (1980) Interactions between native and introduced bees in New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Ecology, 3, 104–116.

Donovan, B.J. (2007) Apoidea (Insecta: Hymenoptera). Fauna of New Zealand 57 p. 295. Landcare Research New Zealand, Lincoln, New Zealand.

Donovan, B.J. (2016) Description of Leioproctus ( Leioproctus ) hukarere new species (Hymenoptera: Apoidea: Colletidae), a new native bee from the Mackenzie Country, New Zealand. New Zealand Entomologist, 9962, 1–15.

Donovan, B.J. & Maynard, G. (2010) Zealand native bee Leioproctus (Leioproctus) otautahi Donovan (Hymenoptera: Apoidea: Colletidae) is synonymous with Leioproctus (Leioproctus) launcestonensis (Cockerell) from Australia. New Zealand Entomologist, 33, 17–18.

Dornhaus, A. & Chittka, L. (2001) Food alert in bumblebees (Bombus terrestris): possible mechanisms and evolutionary implications. Behavioral Ecology and Sociobiology, 50, 570–576.

Dupont, Y., Hansen, D., Valido, A. & Olesen, J. (2004) Impact of introduced honey bees on native pollination interactions of the endemic Echium wildpretii (Boraginaceae) on Tenerife, Canary Islands. Biological Conservation, 118, 301–311.

Eickwort, G.C. & Ginsberg, H.S. (1980) Foraging and mating behavior in Apoidea. Annual Review of Entomology, 25, 421–446.

Elbgami, T., Kunin, W.E., Hughes, W.O.H. & Biesmeijer, J.C. (2014) The effect of proximity to a honeybee apiary on bumblebee colony fitness, development, and performance. Apidologie, 45, 504–513.

Elton, C.S. (1958) The ecology of invasions by animals and plants. Journal of Chemical Information and Modeling, 53, 1689–1699.

Elzinga, J.A., Atlan, A., Biere, A., Gigord, L., Weis, A.E. & Bernasconi, G. (2007) Time after time: flowering phenology and biotic interactions. Trends in Ecology and Evolution, 22, 432–439.

Elzinga, C., Salzer, D. & Willoughby, J. (1998) Measuring and monitering plant populations. U.S. Department of the Interior Beureau of Land Management, 492.

175

Faegri, K. & van der Pijl, L. (1966) The Principles of Pollination Ecology. Pergamon Press, Oxford and New York.

Fenster, C.B., Armbruster, W.S., Wilson, P., Dudash, M.R. & Thomson, J.D. (2004) Pollination syndromes and floral specialization. Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics, 35, 375–403.

Forup, M.L. & Memmott, J. (2005) The relationship between the abundance of bumblebees and honeybees in a native habitat. Ecological Entomology, 30, 47–57.

Franco, E.L., Aguiar, C.M.L., Vinina S. Ferreira & de Oliveria-Reboucas P.L. (2009) Plant use and niche overlap between the introduced honey bee (Apis mellifera) and the native bumblebee (bombus atratus) (Hymenoptera: Apidae) in an area of tropical mountain vegetation in northeastern brazil. Sociobiology, 53, 141–150.

Frankl, R., Wanning, S. & Braun, R. (2005) Quantitative floral phenology at the landscape scale: Is a comparative spatio-temporal description of “flowering landscapes” possible? Journal for Nature Conservation, 13, 219–229.

Frewin, A.J., Schaafsma, A.W. & Hallett, R.H. (2014) Susceptibility of Aphelinus certus (Hymenoptera: Aphelinidae) to neonicotinoid seed treatments used for soybean pest management. Journal of Economic Entomology, 107, 1450–1457.

Fründ, J., Linsenmair, K.E. & Blüthgen, N. (2010) Pollinator diversity and specialization in relation to flower diversity. Oikos, 119, 1581–1590.

Fürst, M.A., McMahon, D.P., Osborne, J.L., Paxton, R.J. & Brown, M.J.F. (2014) Disease associations between honeybees and bumblebees as a threat to wild pollinators. Nature, 506, 364–366.

Gallai, N., Salles, J.-M., Settele, J. & Vaissière, B.E. (2009) Economic valuation of the vulnerability of world agriculture confronted with pollinator decline. Ecological Economics, 68, 810–821.

Galton, D.M. (1971) Survey of a Thousand Years of Beekeeping in Russia. Bee Research Association, London.

Gardner, K.E., Seeley, T.D. & Calderone, N.W. (2008) Do honeybees have two discrete dances to advertise food sources? Animal Behaviour, 75, 1291–1300.

Garibaldi, L., Steffan-Dewenter, I., Winfree, R., Aizen, M.A., Bommarco, R., Cunningham, S.A., Kremen, C., Carvalheiro, L.G., Harder, L.D., Afik, O., Bartomeus, I., Benjamin, F., Boreux, V., Cariveau, D., Chacoff, N.P., Dudenhöffer, J.H., Freitas, B.M., Ghazoul, J., Greenleaf, S., Hipólito, J., Holzschuh, A., Howlett, B., Isaacs, R., Javorek, S.K., Kennedy, C.M., Krewenka, K.M., Krishnan, S., Mandelik, Y., Mayfield, M.M., Motzke, I., Munyuli, T., Nault, B. a, Otieno, M., Petersen, J., Pisanty, G., Potts, S.G., Rader, R., Ricketts, T.H., Rundlöf, M., Seymour, C.L., Schüepp, C., Szentgyörgyi, H., Taki, H., Tscharntke, T., Vergara, C.H., Viana, B.F., Wanger, T.C., Westphal, C., Williams, N. & Klein, A.M. (2013) Wild pollinators enhance fruit set of crops regardless of honey bee abundance. Science, 339, 1608–1611.

176

Genersch, E., Yue, C., Fries, I. & de Miranda, J.R. (2006) Detection of Deformed Wing Virus, a honey bee viral pathogen, in bumble bees (Bombus terrestris and Bombus pascuorum) with wing deformities. Journal of Invertebrate Pathology, 91, 61–63.

Gezon, Z.J., Wyman, E.S., Ascher, J.S., Inouye, D.W. & Irwin, R.E. (2015) The effect of repeated, lethal sampling on wild bee abundance and diversity. Methods in Ecology and Evolution, 6, 1044–1054.

Ghazoul, J. (2005) Buzziness as usual? Questioning the global pollination crisis. Trends in Ecology and Evolution, 20, 367–373.

Gibson, D. (2002) Methods in Comparative Plant Population Ecology. Oxford University Press, Oxford.

Gill, R.J., Ramos-Rodriguez, O. & Raine, N.E. (2012) Combined pesticide exposure severely affects individual- and colony-level traits in bees. Nature, 491, 105–108.

Godfray, H.C.J., Blacquiere, T., Field, L.M., Hails, R.S., Petrokofsky, G., Potts, S.G., Raine, N.E., Vanbergen, A.J. & McLean, A.R. (2015) A restatement of the natural science evidence base concerning neonicotinoid insecticides and insect pollinators. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 282, 20151821.

Godfray, H.C.J., Blacquière, T., Field, L.M., Hails, R.S., Petrokofsky, G., Potts, S.G., Raine, N.E., Vanbergen, A.J., McLean, A.R. & Blacquie, T. (2014) A restatement of the natural science evidence base concerning neonicotinoid insecticides and insect pollinators. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 281, 20140558.

Goras, G., Tananaki, C., Dimou, M., Tscheulin, T., Petanidou, T. & Thrasyvoulou, A. (2016) Impact of honeybee (Apis mellifera L.) density on wild bee foraging behaviour. Journal of Apicultural Science, 60, 49–62.

Gould, S. (1993) A special fondness for beetles. Natural History, 102, 4.

Goulson, D. (1999) Foraging strategies of insects for gathering nectar and pollen, and implications for plant ecology and evolution. Perspectives in Plant Ecology, Evolution and Systematics, 2, 185–209.

Goulson, D. (2003a) Bumblebees: Their Behaviour and Ecology. Oxford University Press, Oxford.

Goulson, D. (2003b) Effects of introduced bees on native ecosystems. Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics, 34, 1–26.

Goulson, D. & Hanley, M. (2004) Distribution and forage use of exotic bumblebees in South Island, New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Ecology, 28, 225–232.

Goulson, D., Hughes, W., Derwent, L. & Stout, J. (2002a) Colony growth of the bumblebee, Bombus terrestris, in improved and conventional agricultural and suburban habitats. Oecologia, 130, 267–273.

177

Goulson, D., Lye, G.C. & Darvill, B. (2008) Decline and conservation of bumble bees. Annual Review of Entomology, 53, 191–208.

Goulson, D., Nicholls, E., Botías, C. & Rotheray, E.L. (2015) Bee declines driven by combined stress from parasites, pesticides, and lack of flowers. Sciencexpress, 2010, 1– 16.

Goulson, D. & Sparrow, K. (2009) Evidence for competition between honeybees and bumblebees; effects on bumblebee worker size. Journal of Insect Conservation, 13, 177–181.

Goulson, D., Stout, J.C. & Kells, A.R. (2002b) Do exotic bumblebees and honeybees compete with native flower-visiting insects in Tasmania? Journal of Insect Conservation, 6, 179–189.

Graham, L. & Jones, K.N. (1996) Resource partitioning and per-flower foraging efficiency in two bumble bee species. The American Midland Naturalist, 136, 401–406.

Greenleaf, S.S., Williams, N.M., Winfree, R. & Kremen, C. (2007) Bee foraging ranges and their relationship to body size. Oecologia, 153, 589–596.

Gross, C. & Mackay, D. (1998) Honeybees reduce fitness in the pioneer shrub Melastoma affine (Melastomataceae). Biological Conservation, 86, 169–178.

Gullan, P. & Cranston, P. (2005) The Insects: An Outline of Entomology, 3rd ed. Blackwell, Malden, MA, USA.

Hanna, C., Foote, D. & Kremen, C. (2013) Invasive species management restores a plant- pollinator mutualism in Hawaii. Journal of Applied Ecology, 50, 147–155.

Hansen, M.J. & Clevenger, A.P. (2005) The influence of disturbance and habitat on the presence of non-native plant species along transport corridors. Biological Conservation, 125, 249–259.

Harder, L.D. & Barclay, R.M.R. (1994) The functional significance of poricidal anthers and buzz pollination: Controlled pollen removal from dodecatheon. Functional Ecology, 8, 509–517.

Harris, L.D. (1988) Edge Effects and Conservation of Biotic Diversity. Conservation Biology, 2, 330–332.

Hegland, S.J. & Boeke, L. (2006) Relationships between the density and diversity of floral resources and flower visitor activity in a temperate grassland community. Ecological Entomology, 31, 532–538.

Hegland, S.J., Dunne, J., Nielsen, A. & Memmott, J. (2010) How to monitor ecological communities cost-efficiently: The example of plant-pollinator networks. Biological Conservation, 143, 2092–2101.

178

Hegland, S.J. & Totland, Ø. (2005) Relationships between species’ floral traits and pollinator visitation in a temperate grassland. Oecologia, 145, 586–594.

Heine, E.M. (1937) Observations of the pollination of New Zealand flowering plants. Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand, 67, 133–148.

Heinrich, B. (1971) Temperature regulation of the sphinx moth, Manduca sexta. I. Flight energetics and body temperature during free and tethered flight. The Journal of Experimental Biology, 54, 141–152.

Heinrich, B. (1976a) Heat exchange in relation to blood flow between thorax and abdomen in bumblebees. The Journal of Experimental Biology, 64, 561–585.

Heinrich, B. (1976b) Resource partitioning among some eusocial insects: bumblebees. Ecology, 57, 874–889.

Heinrich, B. (1979) Bumblebee Economics. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Heinrich, B. (1981) The Energetics of Pollination. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden, 68, 370–378.

Heinrich, B. (1993) The Hot-Blooded Insects. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Heinrich, B. & Casey, T. (1978) Heat transfer in dragonflies:’fliers’ and “perchers.” The Journal of Experimental Biology, 74, 125–133.

Herrera, C.M. (1996) Floral traits and plant adaptation to insect pollinators: a devil’s advocate approach. Floral Biology: Studies on Floral Evolution in Animal-Pollinated Plants pp. 65–87.

Hingston, A.B. (1998) Temporal and spatial variation in abundances of native bee species on an altitudinal gradient in southern Tasmania. Australian Journal of Zoology, 46, 497– 507.

Hingston, A.B. (2006) Is the exotic bumblebee Bombus terrestris really invading Tasmanian native vegetation? Journal of Insect Conservation, 10, 289–293.

Hingston, A.B. & McQuillan, P.B. (1999) Displacement of Tasmanian native megachilid bees by the recently introduced bumblebee Bombus terrestris (Linnaeus, 1758)(Hymenoptera: Apidae). Australian Journal of Zoology, 47, 59–65.

Hingston, A.B. & McQuillan, P.B. (2000) Are pollination syndromes useful predictors of floral visitors in Tasmania? Austral Ecology, 25, 600–609.

Hinners, S.J. & Hjelmroos-Koski, M.K. (2009) Receptiveness of Foraging Wild Bees to Exotic Landscape Elements. The American Midland Naturalist, 162, 253–265.

179

Howlett, B.G. & Donovan, B.J. (2010) A review of New Zealand’s deliberately introduced bee fauna: current status and potential impacts. New Zealand Entomologist, 33, 92–101.

Howlett, B.G., Donovan, B.J., McCallum, J.A., Newstrom-Lloyd, L.E. & Teulon, D.A.J. (2005) Between and within field variability of New Zealand indigenous flower visitors to onions. Insect Pests of Trees & Crops, 58, 213–218.

Hudewenz, A. & Klein, A.-M. (2013) Competition between honey bees and wild bees and the role of nesting resources in a nature reserve. Journal of Insect Conservation, 17, 1275– 1283.

Hudewenz, A. & Klein, A.M. (2015) Red mason bees cannot compete with honey bees for floral resources in a cage experiment. Ecology and Evolution, 5, 5049–5056.

Huryn, V.M.B. (1995) Use of native New Zealand plants by honey bees (Apis mellifera L .): A review. New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33, 497–512.

Huryn, V.M.B. (1997) Ecological impacts of introduced honey bees. Quarterly Review of Biology, 72, 275–297.

Huryn, V.M.B. & Moller, H. (1995) An assessment of the contribution of honey bees (Apis mellifera) to weed reproduction in New Zealand protected natural areas. New Zealand Journal of Ecology, 19, 111–122.

Inoue, M.N. & Yokoyama, J. (2010) Competition for flower resources and nest sites between Bombus terrestris (L.) and Japanese native bumblebees. Applied Entomology and Zoology, 45, 29–35.

Inouye, D. W. (1978) Resource partitioning in bumblebees: experimental studies of foraging behavior. Ecology, 59, 672–678.

Inouye, D.W. & Pyke, G.H. (1988) Pollination biology in the Snowy Mountains of Australia: Comparisons with montane Colorado, USA. Australian Journal of Ecology, 13, 191– 205.

Irvine, A.K. & Armstrong, J.E. (1990) Beetle pollination in tropical forests of Australia. Reproductive Ecology of Tropical Forest Plants pp. 135–149.

Iwasaki, J.M., Barratt, B.I.P., Lord, J.M., Mercer, A.R. & Dickinson, K.J.M. (2015) The New Zealand experience of varroa invasion highlights research opportunities for Australia. Ambio, 44, 694–704.

Jensen, I.L., Michelson, A. & Lindauer, M. (1997) On the directional indications in the round dances of honeybees. Naturwissenschaften, 84, 452–454.

Johnson, L.K. & Hubbell, S.P. (1974) Aggression and competition among stingless bees: field studies. Ecology, 55, 120–127.

180

Johnston, F.M. & Johnston, S.W. (2004) Impacts of road disturbance on soil properties and on exotic plant occurrence in subalpine areas of the Australian Alps. Arctic, Antarctic, and Alpine Research, 36, 201–207.

Johnston, F.M. & Pickering, C.M. (2001) Yarrow , Achillea millefolium L.: A weed threat to the flora of the Australian Alps. Victorian Naturalist, 118, 230–233.

Jones, C.E. & Little, R.J. (1983) Handbook of Experimental Pollination Biology. New York: Scientific and Academic Editions.

Kaiser-Bunbury, C.N., Muff, S., Memmott, J., Müller, C.B. & Caflisch, A. (2010) The robustness of pollination networks to the loss of species and interactions: a quantitative approach incorporating pollinator behaviour. Ecology letters, 13, 442–452.

Kallioniemi E, Åström J, Rusch GM, et al (2017) Local resources, linear elements and mass- flowering crops determine bumblebee occurrences in moderately intensified farmlands. Agric Ecosyst Environ 239, 90–100.

Kay, K.M. & Sargent, R.D. (2009) The role of animal pollination in plant speciation: Integrating ecology, geography, and genetics. Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics, 40, 637–656.

Kearns, C.A. (1992) Anthophilous fly distribution across an elevation gradient. American Midland Naturalist, 127, 172–182.

Kearns, C.A. & Inouye, D.W. (1993) Techniques for Pollination Biologists. University Press of Colorado, Niwot, Colorado.

Kearns, C.A., Inouye, D.W. & Waser, N.M. (1998) Endangered mutualisms: The conservation of plant-pollinator interactions. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics, 29, 83–112.

Kevan, P.G. (1972) Insect pollination of high arctic flowers. The Journal of Ecology, 60, 831–847.

Kirchner, W.H., Lindauer, M. & Michelsen, A. (1988) Honeybee dance communication: acoustical indication of direction in round dances. Naturwissenschaften, 75, 629–630.

Kitahara, M., Yumoto, M. & Kobayashi, T. (2008) Relationship of butterfly diversity with nectar plant species richness in and around the Aokigahara primary woodland of Mount Fuji, central Japan. Biodiversity and Conservation, 17, 2713–2734.

Klein, A.-M., Vaissière, B.E., Cane, J.H., Steffan-Dewenter, I., Cunningham, S.A., Kremen, C. & Tscharntke, T. (2007) Importance of pollinators in changing landscapes for world crops. Proceedings of the Royal Society: Biological Sciences, 274, 303–313.

Kluser, S. & Peduzzi, P. (2007) Global Pollinator Decline: A Literature Review. United Nationals Environment Programme, 13.

181

Knapp, M., Mudaliar, R., Havell, D., Wagstaff, S.J. & Lockhart, P.J. (2007) The drowning of New Zealand and the problem of Agathis. Systematic Biology, 56, 862–870.

Knight, M.E., Martin, A.P., Bishop, S., Osborne, J.L., Hale, R.J., Sanderson, R.A. & Goulson, D. (2005) An interspecific comparison of foraging range and nest density of four bumblebee (Bombus) species. Molecular Ecology, 14, 1811–1820.

Koh, I., Lonsdorf, E. V, Williams, N.M., Brittain, C., Isaacs, R., Gibbs, J. & Ricketts, T.H. (2016) Modeling the status , trends , and impacts of wild bee abundance in the United States. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 113, 140–145.

Konzmann, S. & Lunau, K. (2014) Divergent rules for pollen and nectar foraging bumblebees--a laboratory study with artificial flowers offering diluted nectar substitute and pollen surrogate. PloS ONE, 9, e91900.

Krassilov, V.A., Rasnitsyn, A.P. & Afonin, S.A. (2007) Pollen eaters and pollen morphology: co-evolution through the Permian and Mesozoic. African Vertebrates, 48, 3–11.

Kremen, C. & M’Gonigle, L.K. (2015) Small-scale restoration in intensive agricultural landscapes supports more specialized and less mobile pollinator species. Journal of Applied Ecology, 52, 602–610.

Kremen, C., Williams, N.M., Aizen, M.A., Gemmill-Herren, B., LeBuhn, G., Minckley, R., Packer, L., Potts, S.G., Roulston, T., Steffan-Dewenter, I., Vázquez, D.P., Winfree, R., Adams, L., Crone, E.E., Greenleaf, S.S., Keitt, T.H., Klein, A.-M., Regetz, J. & Ricketts, T.H. (2007) Pollination and other ecosystem services produced by mobile organisms: a conceptual framework for the effects of land-use change. Ecology Letters, 10, 299–314.

Kubo, M., Kobayashi, T., Kitahara, M. & Hayashi, A. (2009) Seasonal fluctuations in butterflies and nectar resources in a semi-natural grassland near Mt. Fuji, central Japan. Biodiversity and Conservation, 18, 229–246.

Laird, M.G. & Bradshaw, J.D. (2004) The break-up of a long-term relationship: the Cretaceous separation of New Zealand from Gondwana. Gondwana Research, 7, 273– 286.

Landcare Research. New Zealand Flora. URL accessed 24, January 2017. http://nzflora.landcareresearch.co.nz/

Landcare Research. OurEnvironment. URL accessed 24, January 2017. http://ourenvironment.scinfo.org.nz/home

Landis, C.A., Campbell, H.J., Begg, J.G., Mildenhall, D.C., Paterson, A.M. & A, T.S. (2008) The Waipounamu Erosion Surface: questioning the antiquity of the New Zealand land surface and terrestrial fauna and flora. Geological Magazine, 145, 173–197.

Ledgard, S.F., Sprosen, M.S., Penno, J.W. & Rajendram, G.S. (2001) Nitrogen fixation by white clover in pastures grazed by dairy cows: Temporal variation and effects of nitrogen fertilization. Plant and Soil, 299, 177–187.

182

Lembrechts, J.J., Milbau, A. & Nijs, I. (2014) Alien roadside species more easily invade alpine than lowland plant communities in a subarctic mountain ecosystem. PLoS ONE, 9, 1–10.

Leong, M., Ponisio, L.C., Kremen, C., Thorp, R.W. & Roderick, G.K. (2016) Temporal dynamics influenced by global change: bee community phenology in urban, agricultural, and natural landscapes. Global Change Biology, 22, 1046–1053.

Li, L., Li, Z., Cadotte, M.W., Jia, P., Chen, G., Jin, L.S. & Du, G. (2016) Phylogenetic conservatism and climate factors shape flowering phenology in alpine meadows. Oecologia, 182, 419–428.

Lindström, S.A.M., Herbertsson, L., Rundlöf, M., Bommarco, R. & Smith, H.G. (2016) Experimental evidence that honeybees depress wild insect densities in a flowering crop. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 283.

Lloyd, D.G. (1985) Progress in understanding the natural history of New Zealand plants. New Zealand Journal of Botany, 23, 707–722.

Lofgren, A. (2002) Effects of isolation on distribution, fecundity, and survival in the self- incompatible Achillea millefolium (L.). Ecoscience, 9, 503–508.

Lomholdt, O. (1982) On the origin of the bees (Hymenoptera: Apidae, Sphecidae). Insect Systematics & Evolution, 13, 185–190.

Lopezaraiza-Mikel, M.E., Hayes, R.B., Whalley, M.R. & Memmott, J. (2007) The impact of an alien plant on a native plant-pollinator network: An experimental approach. Ecology Letters, 10, 539–550.

Lord, J.M. (2008) A test for phylogenetic conservatism in plant-pollinator relationships in Australian and New Zealand alpine floras. New Zealand Journal of Botany, 46, 367– 372.

Losey, J.E. & Vaughan, M. (2006) The economic value of ecological services provided by insects. Bioscience, 56, 311–323.

Loveless, M.D. & Hamrick, J.L. (2016) Ecological determinants of genetic structure in plant populations. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics, 15, 65–95.

Lye, G.C., Kaden, J.C., Park, K.J. & Goulson, D. (2010) Forage use and niche partitioning by non-native bumblebees in New Zealand: implications for the conservation of their populations of origin. Journal of Insect Conservation, 14, 607–615.

MacArthur, R.H. & Pianka, E.R. (1966) On optimal use of a patchy environment. The American Naturalist, 100, 603–609.

Makrodimos, N., Blionis, G.J., Krigas, N. & Vokou, D. (2008) Flower morphology, phenology and visitor patterns in an alpine community on Mt Olympos, Greece. Flora: Morphology, Distribution, Functional Ecology of Plants, 203, 449–468.

183

Malone, L., Aulsford, J., Howlett, B., Scott-Dupree, C., Bardo, N. & Donovan, B. (2010) Observations on bee species visiting white clover in New Zealand pastures. Journal of Apicultural Research, 49, 284–286.

Mark, A.F. (1970) Floral initiation and development in New Zealand alpine plants. New Zealand Journal of Botany, 8, 67–75.

Mark, A.F. (2012) Above the Treeline. Craig Potton Publishing, Nelson, New Zealand.

Mark, A.F. & Bliss, L.C. (1970) The high-alpine vegetation of Central Otago, New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Botany, 8, 381–451.

Mark, A.F., Wilson, J.B. & Scott, C. (2011) Long-term retirement of New Zealand snow tussock rangeland: effects on canopy structure, hawkweed (Hieracium spp.) invasion and plant diversity. New Zealand Journal of Botany, 49, 243–262.

Mark, G. & Cliff, V. (2001) Control of Varroa (A Guide for New Zealand Beekeepers). New Zealand Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry.

McMenamin, A.J. & Genersch, E. (2015) Honey bee (Apis mellifera) colony losses and associated viruses. Current Opinion in Insect Science, 2, 1–9.

Memmott, J. & Waser, N.M. (2002) Integration of alien plants into a native flower–pollinator visitation web. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 269, 2395– 2399.

Micheneau, C., Fournel, J., Warren, B.H., Hugel, S., Gauvin-Bialecki, A., Pailler, T., Strasberg, D. & Chase, M.W. (2010) Orthoptera, a new order of pollinator. Annals of Botany, 105, 355–364.

Michener, C.D. (1965) A classification of the bees of the Australian and South Pacific regions. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, 130, 1–362.

Michener, C.D. (1969) Comparative social behaviour of bees. Annual Review of Entomology, 14, 299–342.

Michener, C.D. (1990) Classification of the Apidae (Hymenoptera). University of Kansas Science Bulletin, 54, 75–164.

Michener, C.D. (2000) The Bees of the World. The John Hopkins University Press, Baltimore, Maryland.

Michener, C.D. & Grimaldi, D.A. (1988) The oldest fossil bee: Apoid history, evolutionary stasis, and antiquity of social behavior. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 85, 6424–6426.

Milberg, P., Bergman, K.-O., Cronvall, E., Eriksson, Å.I., Glimskär, A., Islamovic, A., Jonason, D., Löfqvist, Z. & Westerberg, L. (2016) Flower abundance and vegetation height as predictors for nectar-feeding insect occurrence in Swedish semi-natural grasslands. Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment, 230, 47–54.

184

Miller, C. (2015) The Impact of Introduced Flowering Species on Alpine Plant-Pollinator Networks in Southern New Zealand. University of Otago, Dunedin, New Zealand.

Minckley, R.L., Cane, J.H., Kervin, L. & Yanega, D. (2003) Biological impediments to measures of competition among introduced honey bees and desert bees (Hymenoptera : Apiformes). Journal of the Kansas Entomological Society, 76, 306–319.

Ministry for Primary Industries. (2013) Ministry for Primary Industries Information on Pollinator Security for the Local Government and Environment Committee. Wellington: Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry.

Ministry for Primary Industries. (2014) 2014 Apiculture Monitoring Report.

Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry. (2000) Varroa in New Zealand: Economic Impact Assessment. Auckland: Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry.

Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry. (2002a) Management of Biosecurity Risks: Case Studies. Wellington: Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry.

Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry. (2002b) Review of Varroa Economic Impact Assessment: Recommendations on Revision. Canberra: Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry.

Mitchell, R.J., Flanagan, R.J., Brown, B.J., Waser, N.M. & Karron, J.D. (2009) New frontiers in competition for pollination. Annals of Botany, 103, 1403–1413.

Moar, N.T. (1993) Pollen Grains of New Zealand Dicotyledonous Plants. Manaaki Whenua Press, Lincoln, New Zealand.

Moller, H. & Tilley, J.A. V. (1989) Beech honeydew: Seasonal variation and use by wasps, honey bees, and other insects. New Zealand Journal of Zoology, 16, 289–302.

Mondet, F., de Miranda, J.R., Kretzschmar, A., Le Conte, Y. & Mercer, A.R. (2014) On the front line: Quantitative virus dynamics in honeybee (Apis mellifera L.) colonies along a new expansion front of the parasite Varroa destructor. PLoS Pathogens, 10, 1–15.

Morales, C.L. & Aizen, M.A. (2006) Invasive mutualisms and the structure of plant- pollinator interactions in the temperate forests of north-west Patagonia, Argentina. Journal of Ecology, 94, 171–180.

Morales, C.L., Arbetman, M.P., Cameron, S.A. & Aizen, M.A. (2013) Rapid ecological replacement of a native bumble bee by invasive species. Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment, 11, 529–534.

Morandin, L.A. & Winston, M.L. (2005) Wild bee abundance and seed production in conventional, organic, and genetically modified canola. Ecological Applications, 15, 871–881.

Morrant, D.S., Schumann, R. & Petit, S. (2009) Field methods for sampling and storing nectar from flowers with low nectar volumes. Annals of Botany, 103, 533–542.

185

Morse, R.A. & Calderone, N.W. (2000) The value of honey bees as pollinators of US crops in 2000. Pollination 2000, 31.

Mortelliti, A., Amori, G. & Boitani, L. (2010) The role of habitat quality in fragmented landscapes: A conceptual overview and prospectus for future research. Oecologia, 163, 535–547.

Müller, A. & Kuhlmann, M. (2008) Pollen hosts of western palaearctic bees of the genus Colletes (Hymenoptera: Colletidae): the Asteraceae paradox. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society, 95, 719–733.

Muñoz, A.A. & Cavieres, L.A. (2008) The presence of a showy invasive plant disrupts pollinator service and reproductive output in native alpine species only at high densities. Journal of Ecology, 96, 459–467.

Murphy, C. & Robertson, A.W. (2000) Preliminary study of the effects of honey bees (Apis mellifera) in Tongariro National Park. Science for Conservation.

Naile, F. (1976) America’s Master of Bee Culture: The Life of L. L. Langstroth. Cornell University Press, Ithaca, New York.

Nakamura, S. & Kudo, G. (2016) Foraging responses of bumble bees to rewardless floral patches: importance of within-plant variance in nectar presentation. AoB Plants, 8, plw037.

Newsholme, E.A., Crabtree, B., Higgins, S.J., Thornton, S.D. & Start, C. (1972) The activities of fructose diphosphatase in flight muscles from the bumble-bee and the role of this enzyme in heat generation. The Biochemical Journal, 128, 89–97.

Newstrom, L.E. & Robertson, A.W. (2005) Progress in understanding pollination systems in New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Botany, 43, 1–59.

Nicolson, S.W., Nepi, M. & Pacini, E. (2007) Nectaries and Nectar. Springer, Dordrecht, Colorado.

Norton, S.A. (1984) Thrips pollination in the lowland forest of New Zealand. New Zealand Journal Of Ecology, 7, 157–163.

O’Toole, C. & Raw, A. (2004) Bees of the World. Facts on File, Inc., London.

Oldroyd, B.P., Lawler, S.H. & Crozier, R.H. (1994) Do feral honey bees (Apis mellifera) and regent parrots (Polytelis anthopeplus) compete for nest sites? Australian Journal of Ecology, 19, 444–450.

Olesen, J.M., Bascompte, J., Elberling, H. & Jordano, P. (2008) Temporal dynamics in a pollination network. Ecology, 89, 1573–1582.

Olesen, J.M. & Valido, A. (2003) Lizards as pollinators and seed dispersers: An island phenomenon. Trends in Ecology and Evolution, 18, 177–181.

186

Ollerton, J., Winfree, R. & Tarrant, S. (2011) How many flowering plants are pollinated by animals? Oikos, 120, 321–326.

Oommen, A.M. & Shanker, K. (2005) Elevational species richness patterns emerge from multiple local mechanisms in Himalayan woody plants. Ecology, 86, 3039–3047.

Osborne, J.L., Martin, A.P., Carreck, N.L., Swain, J.L., Knight, M.E., Goulson, D., Hale, R.J. & Sanderson, R.A. (2008) Bumblebee flight distances in relation to the forage landscape. Journal of Animal Ecology, 77, 406–415.

Otto, R., Arteaga, M.A., Delgado, J.D., Arévalo, J.R., Blandino, C. & Fernández-Palacios, J.M. (2014) Road edge effect and elevation patterns of native and alien plants on an oceanic island (Tenerife, Canary Islands). Folia Geobotanica, 49, 65–82.

Packer, A. (2003) Evolutionary genomics: Splicing and evolutionary change. Nature Reviews Genetics, 4, 401.

Padrón, B., Traveset, A., Biedenweg, T., Díaz, D., Nogales, M. & Olesen, J.M. (2009) Impact of alien plant invaders on pollination networks in two archipelagos. PLoS ONE, 4, e6275.

Pager, H. (1973) Rock Paintings in Southern Africa Showing Bees and Honey Hunting. Bee World, 54, 61–68.

Paini, D.R. (2004) Impact of the introduced honey bee (Apis mellifera) (Hymenoptera: Apidae) on native bees: A review. Austral Ecology, 29, 399–407.

Paini, D.R. & Roberts, J.D. (2005) Commercial honey bees reduce the fecundity of an Australian native bee. Biological Conservation, 123, 103–112.

Palmer MA, Bell SL, Butterfield I (1992) A botanical classification of standing waters in Britain: Applications for conservation and monitoring. Aquatic Conservation: Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems, 2, 125–143.

Parliamentary Commissioner for the Environment. (2013) Water quality in New Zealand: Land use and nutrient pollution.

Parrish, J.D. & Saila, S.B. (1970) Interspecific competition, predation and species diversity. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 27, 207–220.

Paton, D.C. (1993) Honeybees in the Australian Environment: Does Apis mellifera disrupt or benefit the native biota. BioScience, 43, 95–103.

Pauchard, A. & Alaback, B.P. (2004) Influence of elevation, land use, and landscape context on patterns of alien plant invasions along roadsides in protected areas of south-central Chile. Conservation Biology, 18, 238–248.

Pedersen, B. V. (1996) A phylogenetic analysis of cuckoo bumblebees (Psithyrus, Lepeletier) and bumblebees (Bombus, Latreille) inferred from sequences of the mitochondrial gene cytochrome oxidase I. Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution, 5, 289–297.

187

Pickering, C.M. (2001) Size and sex of floral displays affect insect visitation rates in the dioecious Australian alpine herb, Aciphylla glacialis. Nordic Journal of Botany, 21, 401–409.

Pistorius, J., Bischoff, G. & Heimbach, U. (2009) Bee poisoning by abrasion of active substances from seed treatment of maize during seeding in spring 2008. Journal für Kulturpflanzen, 61, 9–14.

Pleasants, J. (1981) Bumblebee response to variation in nectar availability. Ecology, 62, 1648–1661.

Pollard, E. (1977) A method for assessing changes in the abundance of butterflies. Biological Conservation, 12, 115–134.

Potts, S.G., Biesmeijer, J.C., Kremen, C., Neumann, P., Schweiger, O. & Kunin, W.E. (2010) Global pollinator declines: trends, impacts and drivers. Trends in Ecology and Evolution, 25, 345–353.

Potts, S.G., Vulliamy, B., Roberts, S., O’Toole, C., Dafni, A., Ne’eman, G. & Willmer, P. (2005) Role of nesting resources in organising diverse bee communities in a Mediterranean landscape. Ecological Entomology, 30, 78–85.

Primack, R. (1978) Variability in New Zealand montane and alpine pollinator assemblages. New Zealand Journal of Ecology, 1, 66–73.

Primack, R.B. (1983) Insect pollination in the New Zealand mountain flora. New Zealand Journal of Botany, 21, 317–333.

Primack, R.B. (1985) Longevity of Individual Flowers. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics, 16, 15–37.

Proctor, M. & Yeo, P. (1997) The Natural History of Pollination. Ecology, 78, 327–328.

Pyke, G.H. & Balzer, L. (1985) The Effects of the Introduced Honeybee (Apis Mellifera) on Australian Native Bees: A Report Prepared for NSW National Parks & Wildlife Service. National Parks and Wildlife Service, 1985. Sydney, New South Wales.

R: a language and environment for statistical computing. Version 3.2.3. (2013) URL accessed 24, January 2017. https://www.r-project.org/

Rader, R., Bartomeus, I., Garibaldi, L.A., Garratt, M.P.D., Howlett, B.G., Winfree, R., Cunningham, S.A., Mayfield, M.M., Arthur, A.D., Andersson, G.K.S., Bommarco, R., Brittain, C., Carvalheiro, L.G., Chacoff, N.P., Entling, M.H., Foully, B., Freitas, B.M., Gemmill-Herren, B., Ghazoul, J., Griffin, S.R., Gross, C.L., Herbertsson, L., Herzog, F., Hipólito, J., Jaggar, S., Jauker, F., Klein, A.-M., Kleijn, D., Krishnan, S., Lemos, C.Q., Lindström, S.A.M., Mandelik, Y., Monteiro, V.M., Nelson, W., Nilsson, L., Pattemore, D.E., de O. Pereira, N., Pisanty, G., Potts, S.G., Reemer, M., Rundlöf, M., Sheffield, C.S., Scheper, J., Schüepp, C., Smith, H.G., Stanley, D.A., Stout, J.C., Szentgyörgyi, H., Taki, H., Vergara, C.H., Viana, B.F. & Woyciechowski, M. (2016) Non-bee insects are important contributors to global crop pollination. Proceedings of the National Academy

188

of Sciences, 113, 146–151.

Rader, R., Howlett, B.G., Cunningham, S.A., Westcott, D.A. & Edwards, W. (2012) Spatial and temporal variation in pollinator effectiveness: do unmanaged insects provide consistent pollination services to mass flowering crops? Journal of Applied Ecology, 49, 126–134.

Rader, R., Howlett, B.G., Cunningham, S.A., Westcott, D.A., Newstrom-Lloyd, L.E., Walker, M.K., Teulon, D.A.J. & Edwards, W. (2009) Alternative pollinator taxa are equally efficient but not as effective as the honeybee in a mass flowering crop. Journal of Applied Ecology, 46, 1080–1087.

Ravoet, J., De Smet, L., Meeus, I., Smagghe, G., Wenseleers, T. & de Graaf, D.C. (2014) Widespread occurrence of honey bee pathogens in solitary bees. Journal of Invertebrate Pathology, 122, 55–58.

Redhead JW, Sheail J, Bullock JM, et al (2014) The natural regeneration of calcareous grassland at a landscape scale: 150 years of plant community re-assembly on Salisbury Plain, UK. Appl Veg Sci 17, 408–418.

Rejmánek, M. & Richardson, D.M. (1996) What attributes make some plant species more invasive? Ecology, 77, 1655–1661.

Richardson, D.M., Pyšek, P., Rejmánek, M., Barbour, M.G., Dane Panetta, F. & West, C.J. (2000) Naturalization and invasion of alien plants: concepts and definitions. Diversity and Distributions, 6, 93–107.

Ricketts, T. (2004) Tropical forest fragments enhance pollinator activity in nearby coffee crops. Conservation Biology, 18, 1262–1271.

Ricketts, T.H., Daily, G.C., Ehrlich, P.R. & Michener, C.D. (2004) Economic value of tropical forest to coffee production. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 101, 12579–12582.

Ricketts, T.H., Regetz, J., Steffan-Dewenter, I., Cunningham, S. a, Kremen, C., Bogdanski, A., Gemmill-Herren, B., Greenleaf, S.S., Klein, A.M., Mayfield, M.M., Morandin, L. a, Ochieng’, A., Potts, S.G. & Viana, B.F. (2008) Landscape effects on crop pollination services: are there general patterns? Ecology Letters, 11, 499–515.

Robertson, A.W., Mountjoy, C., Faulkner, B.E., Roberts, M. V. & Macnair, M.R. (1999) Bumble bee selection of Mimulus guttatus flowers: the effects of pollen quality and reward depletion. Ecology, 80, 2594–2606.

Roffet-Salque, M., Regert, M., Evershed, R.P., Outram, A.K., Cramp, L.J.E., Decavallas, O., Dunne, J., Gerbault, P., Mileto, S., Mirabaud, S., Pääkkönen, M., Smyth, J., Šoberl, L., Whelton, H.L., Alday-Ruiz, A., Asplund, H., Bartkowiak, M., Bayer-Niemeier, E., Belhouchet, L., Bernardini, F., Budja, M., Cooney, G., Cubas, M., Danaher, E.M., Diniz, M., Domboróczki, L., Fabbri, C., González-Urquijo, J.E., Guilaine, J., Hachi, S., Hartwell, B.N., Hofmann, D., Hohle, I., Ibáñez, J.J., Karul, N., Kherbouche, F., Kiely, J., Kotsakis, K., Lueth, F., Mallory, J.P., Manen, C., Marciniak, A., Maurice-Chabard,

189

B., Mc Gonigle, M.A., Mulazzani, S., Özdoğan, M., Perić, O.S., Perić, S.R., Petrasch, J., Pétrequin, A.-M., Pétrequin, P., Poensgen, U., Pollard, C.J., Poplin, F., Radi, G., Stadler, P., Stäuble, H., Tasić, N., Urem-Kotsou, D., Vuković, J.B., Walsh, F., Whittle, A., Wolfram, S., Zapata-Peña, L. & Zoughlami, J. (2015) Widespread exploitation of the honeybee by early Neolithic farmers. Nature, 527, 226–320.

Rogers, S.R., Cajamarca, P., Tarpy, D.R. & Burrack, H.J. (2013) Honey bees and bumble bees respond differently to inter- and intra-specific encounters. Apidologie, 44, 621–629.

Rosas-Guerrero, V., Aguilar, R., Martén-Rodríguez, S., Ashworth, L., Lopezaraiza-Mikel, M., Bastida, J.M. & Quesada, M. (2014) A quantitative review of pollination syndromes: do floral traits predict effective pollinators? Ecology letters, 17, 388–400.

Rosenkranz, P., Aumeier, P. & Ziegelmann, B. (2010) Biology and control of Varroa destructor. Journal of Invertebrate Pathology, 103, S96-119.

Roubik, D.W. (1978) Competitive interactions between neotropical pollinators and Africanized honey bees. Science, 201, 1030–1032.

Roubik, D.W., Moreno, J.E., Vergara, C. & Wittmann, D. (2009) Sporadic food competition with the African honey bee: projected impact on neotropical social bees. Journal of Tropical Ecology, 2, 97–111.

Roubik, D.W. & Wolda, H. (2001) Do competing honey bees matter? Dynamics and abundance of native bees before and after honey bee invasion. Population Ecology, 43, 53–62.

Roulston, T.H. & Goodell, K. (2011) The role of resources and risks in regulating wild bee populations. Annual Review of Entomology, 56, 293–312.

Royal Botanic Gardens Kew and Missouri Botanic Garden. The Plant List. URL accessed 24, January 2017. http://www.theplantlist.org

Ruedenauer, F.A., Spaethe, J. & Leonhardt, S.D. (2015) How to know which food is good for you: bumblebees use taste to discriminate between different concentrations of food differing in nutrient content. The Journal of Experimental Biology, 218, 2233–2240.

Ruedenauer, F.A., Spaethe, J. & Leonhardt, S.D. (2016) Hungry for quality—individual bumblebees forage flexibly to collect high-quality pollen. Behavioral Ecology and Sociobiology, 70, 1209–1217.

Sáez, A., Morales, C.L., Garibaldi, L.A. & Aizen, M.A. (2017) Invasive bumble bees reduce nectar availability for honey bees by robbing raspberry flower buds. Basic and Applied Ecology.

Sawrey, O.R.P. (2012) Effect of Altitude and Co-Occurring Species on Sequential Reproductive Strages in a Grassland Harebell. University of Otago, Dunedin, New Zealand.

190

Sax, D.F. & Brown, J.H. (2000) The paradox of invasion. Global Ecology and Biogeography, 9, 363–371.

Schaffer, W., Jensen, D. & Hobbs, D. (1979) Competition, foraging energetics, and the cost of sociality in three species of bees. Ecology, 60, 976–987.

Schaffer, W., Zeh, D. & Buchmann, S. (1983) Competition for nectar between introduced honey bees and native North American bees and ants. Ecology, 64, 564–577.

Schemske, D.W. & Bradshaw, H.D. (1999) Pollinator preference and the evolution of floral traits in monkeyflowers (Mimulus). Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, 96, 11910–11915.

Scheper, J., Reemer, M., van Kats, R., Ozinga, W. a., van der Linden, G.T.J., Schaminée, J.H.J., Siepel, H. & Kleijn, D. (2014) Museum specimens reveal loss of pollen host plants as key factor driving wild bee decline in The Netherlands. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 111, 17552–17557.

Schmid-Hempel, P., Schmid-Hempel, R., Brunner, P.C., Seeman, O.D. & Allen, G.R. (2007) Invasion success of the bumblebee, Bombus terrestris, despite a drastic genetic bottleneck. Heredity, 99, 414–422.

Schoener, T. (1983) Field experiments on interspecific competition. The American Naturalist, 122, 240–285.

Schönberger, I. (2002) Biosystematics and Taxonomy of the Ozothamnus Leptophyllus (Compositae) Complex in New Zealand. University of Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand.

Scott, J.M., Lee, D.E., Fordyce, R.E. & Palin, J.M. (2014) A possible Late Oligocene-Early Miocene rocky shoreline on Otago Schist. New Zealand Journal of Geology and Geophysics, 57, 185–194.

Scott, N.A., Saggar, S. & Mcintosh, P.D. (2001) Biogeochemical impact of Hieracium invasion in New Zealand’s grazed tussock grasslands: sustainability implications. Ecological Applications, 11, 1311–1322.

Seeley, T.D. (1978) Life history strategy of the honey bee, Apis mellifera. Oecologia, 32, 109–118.

Seeley, T.D. (1985) Honeybee Ecology: A Study of Adaptation in Social Life. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey.

Seeley, T.D. (1989) Social foraging in honey bees: how nectar foragers assess their colony’s nutritional status. Behavioral Ecology and Sociobiology, 24, 181–199.

Seeley, T.D., Camazine, S. & Sneyd, J. (1991) Collective decision-making in honey bees: how colonies choose among nectar sources. Behavioral Ecology and Sociobiology, 28, 277–290.

191

Seeley, T.D. & Visscher, P.K. (1985) Survival of honeybees in cold climates: the critical timing of colony growth and reproduction. Ecological Entomology, 10, 81–88.

Semida, F. & Elbanna, S. (2006) Impact of Introduced Honey Bees on Native Bees at St . Katherine Protectorate , South Sinai , Egypt. International Journal of Agriculture & Biology, 8, 191–194.

Shavit, O., Dafni, A. & Ne’eman, G. (2009) Competition between honeybees (Apis mellifera) and native solitary bees in the Mediterranean region of Israel—Implications for conservation. Israel Journal of Plant Sciences, 57, 171–183.

Simon-Delso, N., Amaral-Rogers, V., Belzunces, L.P., Bonmatin, J.M., Chagnon, M., Downs, C., Furlan, L., Gibbons, D.W., Giorio, C., Girolami, V., Goulson, D., Kreutzweiser, D.P., Krupke, C.H., Liess, M., Long, E., Mcfield, M., Mineau, P., Mitchell, E.A., Morrissey, C.A., Noome, D.A., Pisa, L., Settele, J., Stark, J.D., Tapparo, A., Van Dyck, H., Van Praagh, J., Van Der Sluijs, J.P., Whitehorn, P.R. & Wiemers, M. (2015) Systemic insecticides (Neonicotinoids and fipronil): Trends, uses, mode of action and metabolites. Environmental Science and Pollution Research, 22, 5–34.

Soltis, P. & Soltis, D. (2004) The origin and diversification of angiosperms. American Journal of Botany, 91, 1614–1626.

Soper, J. & Beggs, J. (2013) Assessing the impact of an introduced bee, Anthidium manicatum , on pollinator communities in New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Botany, 1–16.

Southwick, E.E., Loper, G.M. & Sadwick, S.E. (1981) Nectar production, composition, energetics and pollinator attractiveness in spring flowers of Western New York. American Journal of Botany, 68, 994–1002.

Spaethe, J. & Weidenmüller, A. (2002) Size variation and foraging rate in bumblebees (Bombus terrestris). Insectes Sociaex, 49, 142–146.

Stead, A.D. (1992) Pollination-induced flower senescence: a review. Plant Growth Regulation, 11, 13–20.

Steffan-Dewenter, I. & Kuhn, A. (2003) Honeybee foraging in differentially structured landscapes. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 270, 569–575.

Stephen, W.P. & Rao, S. (2007) Sampling Native Bees in Proximity to a Highly Competitive Food Resource (Hymenoptera: Apiformes). Journal of the Kansas Entomological Society, 80, 369–376.

Stout, J.C. & Goulson, D. (2001) The use of conspecific and interspecific scent marks by foraging bumblebees and honeybees. Animal Behaviour, 62, 183–189.

Sutherland (2006) Ecological census techniques: A handbook.

192

Szigeti, V., Kőrösi, Á., Harnos, A., Nagy, J. & Kis, J. (2016) Measuring floral resource availability for insect pollinators in temperate grasslands - a review. Ecological Entomology, 41, 231–240.

Tepedino, V.J., Bradley, B.A. & Griswold, T.L. (2008) Might flowers of invasive plants increase native bee carrying capacity? Intimations from Capitol Reef National Park, Utah. Natural Areas Journal, 28, 44–50.

Tepedino, V.J. & Stanton, N.L. (1981) Diversity and competition in bee-plant communities on short-grass prairie. Oikos, 36, 35–44.

Tepedino, V.J. & Stanton, N.L. (1982) Estimating floral resources and flower visitors in studies of pollinator-plant communities. Oikos, 38, 384–389.

Thomas, J.A. (1983) A quick method for estimating butterfly numbers during surveys. Biological Conservation, 27, 195–211.

Thompson, H.M. & Hunt, L. V. (1999) Extrapolating from honeybees to bumblebees in pesticide risk assessment. Ecotoxicology, 8, 147–166.

Thomson, D.M. (2004) Competitive interactions between the invasive European honey bee and native bumble bees. Ecology, 85, 458–470.

Thomson, D.M. (2006) Detecting the effects of introduced species: a case study of competition between Apis and Bombus. Oikos, 3, 407–418.

Thorp, R., Wenner, A. & Barthell, J. (1994) Flowers visited by honey bees and native bees on Santa Cruz Island. The Fourth California Islands Symposium: Update on the Status of Resources, 351–365.

Traveset, A. & Richardson, D.M. (2006) Biological invasions as disruptors of plant reproductive mutualisms. Trends in Ecology and Evolution, 21, 208–216.

Traveset, A. & Sáez, E. (1997) Pollination of Euphorbia dendroides by lizards and insects: Spatio-temporal variation in patterns of flower visitation. Oecologia, 111, 241–248.

Triplehorn, C.A. & Johnson, N.F. (2005) Borror and DeLong’s Introduction to the Study of Insects, 7th ed. Thomson Brooks/Cole, Belmont, CA, USA. van Swaay, C.A.M., Nowicki, P., Settele, J. & Van Strien, A.J. (2008) Butterfly monitoring in Europe: Methods, applications and perspectives. Biodiversity and Conservation, 17, 3455–3469. van Veen, F.J.F., Morris, R.J. & Godfray, H.C.J. (2006) Apparent competition, quantitative food webs, and the structure of phytophagous insect communities. Annual Review of Entomology, 51, 187–208.

Velthuis, H. & Doorn, A. van. (2006) A century of advances in bumblebee domestication and the economic and environmental aspects of its commercialization for pollination. Apidologie, 37, 421–451.

193

Vetaas, O.R. & Grytnes, J. (2002) Distribution of vascular plant species richness and endemic richness along the Himalayan elevation gradient in Nepal. Global Ecology and Biogeography, 11, 291–301.

Vogt, F.D., Heinrich, B., Dabolt, T.O. & McBath, H.L. (1994) Ovary development and colony founding in subarctic and temperate-zone bumblebee queens. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 72, 1551–1556. von Frisch, K. (1967) The dance language and orientation of bees. Heredity, 90, 212.

Fründ, J., Dormann, C.F., Holzschuh, A. & Tscharntke, T. (2013) Bee diversity effects on pollination depend on functional complementarity and niche shifts. Ecology, 94, 2042– 2054.

Walther-Hellwig, K., Fokul, G., Frankl, R., Buchler, R., Klemens, E. & Volkmar, W. (2006) Increased density of honeybee colonies affects foraging bumblebees. Apidologie, 37, 517–532.

Wardle, P. (1978) Origin of the New Zealand mountain flora, with special reference to trans- Tasman relationships. New Zealand Journal of Botany, 16, 535–550.

Wardle, P. (1991) Vegetation of New Zealand. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.

Waser, N.M. (1986) Flower constancy: Definition, cause, and measurement. The American Naturalist, 127, 593–603.

Waser, N.M. & Ollerton, J. (2006) Plant-Pollinator Interactions. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois.

Waters, J.M. & Craw, D. (2006) Goodbye Gondwana? New Zealand biogeography, geology, and the problem of circularity. Systematic biology, 55, 351–356.

Webb, C.J. & Kelly, D. (1993) The reproductive biology of the New Zealand flora. Trends in Ecology and Evolution, 8, 442–447.

Wedderburn, R.W.M. (1974) Quasi-likelihood functions, generalized linear models, and the Gauss—Newton method. Biometrika, 61, 439–447.

Wenner, A., Thorp, R. & Barthell, J. (2009) Biological control and eradication of feral honey bee colonies on Santa Cruz Island, California: A summary. Proceedings of the 7th California Islands Symposium, 327–335.

Westphal, C., Bommarco, R., Carré, G., Lamborn, E., Morison, N., Petanidou, T., Potts, S.G., Roberts, S.P.M., Szentgyörgyi, H., Tscheulin, T., Vaissière, B.E., Woyciechowski, M., Biesmeijer, J.C., Kunin, W.E., Biesmeijer, J.C., Kunin, W.E., Settele, J. & Steffan- Dewenter, I. (2008) Measuring Bee Diversity in Different European Habitats and Biogeographical Regions. Ecological Monographs, 78, 653–671.

194

Westphal, C., Steffan-Dewenter, I. & Tscharntke, T. (2006) Bumblebees experience landscapes at different spatial scales: possible implications for coexistence. Oecologia, 149, 289–300.

Whitaker, A.H. (1987) The roles of lizards in New Zealand plant reproductive strategies. New Zealand Journal of Botany, 25, 315–328.

Whitehorn, P.R., O’Connor, S., Wackers, F.L. & Goulson, D. (2012) Neonicotinoid pesticide reduces bumble bee colony growth and queen Production. Science, 336, 351–352.

Wilfert L, Long G, Leggett HC, et al (2016) Deformed wing virus is a recent global epidemic in honeybees driven by Varroa mites. Science, 351, 594–597.

Williams, P.H. (1985) A preliminary cladistic investigation of relationships among the bumble bees (Hymenoptera, Apidae). Systematic Entomology, 10, 239–255.

Williams, P.H. (1994) Phylogenetic relationships among bumble bees (Bombus Latr.): a reappraisal of morphological evidence. Systematic Entomology, 19, 327–344.

Williams, P.H., Araújo, M.B. & Rasmont, P. (2007) Can vulnerability among British bumblebee (Bombus) species be explained by niche position and breadth? Biological Conservation, 138, 493–505.

Williams, N.M. & Kremen, C. (2007) Resource distributions among habitats determine solitary bee offspring production in a mosaic landscape. Ecological Applications, 17, 910–921.

Williams, P.H. & Osborne, J.L. (2009) Bumblebee vulnerability and conservation world- wide. Apidologie, 40, 367–387.

Williams, G.R., Tarpy, D.R., VanEngelsdorp, D., Chauzat, M.P., Cox-Foster, D.L., Delaplane, K.S., Neumann, P., Pettis, J.S., Rogers, R.E.L. & Shutler, D. (2010) Colony collapse disorder in context. BioEssays, 32, 845–846.

Wilms, J. & Eltz, T. (2008) Foraging scent marks of bumblebees: footprint cues rather than pheromone signals. Die Naturwissenschaften, 95, 149–53.

Wilson, E.O. (1987) The little things that run the world (the importance and conservation of invertebrates). Conservation Biology, 1, 344–346.

Winfree, R., Williams, N.M., Dushoff, J. & Kremen, C. (2007) Native bees provide insurance against ongoing honey bee losses. Ecology letters, 10, 1105–1113.

Wiser, S. & Allen, R. (2000) Hieracium lepidulum invasion of indigenous ecosystems. Conservation Advisory Science Notes, 278, 1–9.

Wolf, S. & Chittka, L. (2016) Male bumblebees, Bombus terrestris, perform equally well as workers in a serial colour-learning task. Animal Behaviour, 111, 147–155.

195

Wolf, S. & Moritz, R.F.A. (2008) Foraging distance in Bombus terrestris L. (Hymenoptera: Apidae). Apidologie, 39, 419–427.

Wood, T.J. & Goulson, D. (2017) The Environmental Risks of neonicotinoid pesticides : a review of the evidence post-2013. bioRxiv, 98897.

Wratt, E. (1968) The pollinating activities of bumble bees and honey bees in relation to temperature, competing forage plants, and competition from other foragers. Journal of Apicultural Research, 7, 61–66.

Wratten, S.D., Gillespie, M., Decourtye, A., Mader, E. & Desneux, N. (2012) Pollinator habitat enhancement: Benefits to other ecosystem services. Agriculture, Ecosystems and Environment, 159, 112–122.

Yang, X. & Cox-Foster, D. (2007) Effects of parasitization by Varroa destructor on survivorship and physiological traits of Apis mellifera in correlation with viral incidence and microbial challenge. Parasitology, 134, 405–412.

Yokoi, T. & Fujisaki, K. (2008) Recognition of scent marks in solitary bees to avoid previously visited flowers. Ecological Research, 24, 803–809.

Yokoi, T. & Fujisaki, K. (2011) To forage or not: Responses of bees to the presence of other bees on flowers. Annals of the Entomological Society of America, 104, 353–357.

Zeuner, F.E. & Mannning, F.J. (1976) A monograph on fossil bees (Hymenoptera, Apoidea). British Museum (Natural History), London.

Zimmerman, M. & Pleasants, J.M. (1982) Competition among pollinators: quantification of available resources. Oikos, 38, 381.

Zurbuchen, A., Landert, L., Klaiber, J., Müller, A., Hein, S. & Dorn, S. (2010) Maximum foraging ranges in solitary bees : only few individuals have the capability to cover long foraging distances. Biological Conservation, 143, 669–676.

196

Appendices

Appendix A

The New Zealand experience of varroa invasion highlights research opportunities for Australia

Jay M. Iwasaki, Barbara I. P. Barratt, Janice M. Lord, Alison R. Mercer, Katharine J. M. Dickinson

Article accessible from the publisher’s website: https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007%2Fs13280-015-0679-z

198 Appendix A

Table A1.1 Table of all 42 native and introduced bees in New Zealand as of 2016. Native species are italicised and endemic species are bolded. Range abbreviations are (N: North, S: South, O: Offshore). Information taken from Donovan (2007, 2016) and Donovan & Maynard (2010).

New Zealand Primary Genus species Family Origin Range resource use Author Hylaeus agilis Colletidae endemic N+S+O Islands generalist Smith Hylaeus capitosus Colletidae endemic N+S Islands generalist Smith Hylaeus kermadecensis Colletidae endemic O Islands limited information Donovan Hylaeus matamoko Colletidae endemic South Island natives Donovan Hylaeus murihiku Colletidae endemic South Island limited information Donovan Hylaeus relegatus Colletidae endemic N+S+O Islands generalist Smith Leioproctus hukarere Colletidae endemic South Island natives Donovan Leioproctus boltoni Colletidae endemic N+S+O Islands generalist Cockerell Leioproctus huakiwi Colletidae endemic N+S Islands generalist Donovan Leioproctus imitatus Colletidae endemic N+S Islands generalist Smith Leioproctus kanapuu Colletidae endemic N+S Islands Myrtaceae Donovan Leioproctus keehua Colletidae endemic N+S Islands generalist Donovan Leioproctus metallicus Colletidae endemic N+S Islands Myrtaceae Smith Leioproctus pango Colletidae endemic N+S+O Islands generalist Donovan Leioproctus purpureus Colletidae endemic N+S Islands natives Smith Leioproctus vestitus Colletidae endemic N+S Islands generalist Smith Leioproctus waipounamu Colletidae endemic South Island natives Donovan Leioproctus fulvescens Colletidae endemic South Island generalist Smith Leioproctus hudsoni Colletidae endemic N+S Islands generalist Cockerell Leioproctus maritimus Colletidae endemic South Island generalist Cockerell Leioproctus monticola Colletidae endemic South Island generalist Cockerell Leioproctus nunui Colletidae endemic South Island natives Donovan Leioproctus paahaumaa Colletidae endemic North Island generalist Donovan Leioproctus pekanui Colletidae endemic N+S Islands generalist Donovan Lasioglossum mataroa Halictidae endemic South Island generalist Donovan Lasioglossum maunga Halictidae endemic N+S Islands generalist Donovan Lasioglossum sordidum Halictidae endemic N+S+O Islands generalist Smith native/ Lasioglossum cognatum Halictidae Australia N+S Islands generalist Smith Apis mellifera Apidae Europe N+S Islands generalist Linnaeus Bombus terrestris Apidae Europe N+S Islands generalist Linnaeus Bombus hortorum Apidae Europe N+S Islands introduced Linnaeus Bombus ruderatus Apidae Europe N+S Islands Fabaceae Fabricius Bombus subterraneus Apidae Europe South Island Fabaceae Linnaeus Euryglossina proctotrypoides Colletidae Australia N+S Islands limited information Cockerell Hylaeus asperithorax Colletidae Australia N+S+O Islands generalist Rayment Hylaeus perhumilis Colletidae Australia N+S Islands introduced Cockerell Hyleoides concinna Colletidae Australia N+S Islands introduced Fabricius Leioproctus launcestonensis Colletidae Australia South Island limited information Cockerell Nomia melanderi Halictidae N. America South Island introduced Cockerell Anthidium manicatum Megachilidae Europe N+S Islands introduced Linnaeus Megachile rotundata Megachilidae N. America South Island introduced Fabricius Osmia coerulescens Megachilidae Europe South Island Fabaceae Linnaeus

199

Appendix B

Appendix B

Figure B2.1 Close up aerial view of plots 1A and 1B polygons, The Remarkables ski field road, Otago, New Zealand. Pink areas are non-vegetated gravel.

Figure B2.2 Close up aerial view of plots 2A and 2B polygons, The Remarkables ski field road, Otago, New Zealand. Pink areas are non-vegetated gravel.

200

Appendix B

Figure B2.3 Close up aerial view of plots 3A and 3B polygons, The Remarkables ski field road, Otago, New Zealand. Pink areas are non-vegetated gravel.

201

Appendix B

Jaccard indices between plots 1A 0.8

0.6

3B 0.4 1B 3B 3A 0.2 2B 0.0 2A 1B 1A 3A 2A

2B

Figure B2.4 Spider graph of Jaccard indices showing plot similarities and differences between all plots, 2014 – 2016, The Remarkables mountain range, Otago, New Zealand.

202

Appendix B

Figure B2.5 Floral Effort Index score of flowering plant species, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables mountain range, Otago, New Zealand.

203

Appendix B

Figure B2.6 Floral Impact score of flowering plant species, 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables mountain range, Otago, New Zealand.

204

Appendix B

Table B2.1 Table of all plant species present, family, family grouping, and abundance score at each plot (scale of 1-5, 1 least abundant, 5 most abundant). Plant names in bold were not considered floral resources for bees. * = introduced species.

Plant Family Family group 1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B Acaena caesiiglauca Rosaceae N. Other 1 1 2 1 2 2 *Achillea millefolium Asteraceae I. Asteraceae 3 3 2 2 2 1 Aciphylla lomondii Apiaceae N. Other 3 2 3 3 3 2 Acrothamnus colensoi Ericaceae N. Ericaceae 0 0 1 1 1 1 Anaphalioides bellidioides Asteraceae N. Asteraceae 0 0 0 2 1 2 Anisotome flexuosa Apiaceae N. Other 0 0 0 0 1 0 *Asteraceae sp. Asteraceae I. Asteraceae 2 2 0 0 0 0 Brachyglottis bellidioides Asteraceae N. Asteraceae 0 0 0 1 1 1 Carmichaelia monroi Fabaceae N. Other 1 1 1 0 0 0 Celmisia densiflora Asteraceae N. Asteraceae 0 0 0 0 3 2 Celmisia gracilenta Asteraceae N. Asteraceae 2 1 4 3 3 3 Celmisia sp. Asteraceae N. Asteraceae 0 0 1 0 1 1 *Cirsium arvense Asteraceae I. Asteraceae 2 3 1 1 1 1 *Cytisus scoparius Fabaceae I. Fabaceae 0 0 1 1 0 1 *Digitalis purpurea Plantaginaceae I. Other 1 0 0 0 1 0 Discaria toumatou Rhamnaceae N. Other 3 3 2 2 1 0 Dolichoglottis lyallii Asteraceae N. Asteraceae 0 0 0 0 0 1 Dracophyllum rosmarinifolium Ericaceae N. Ericaceae 0 0 2 2 3 3 Dracophyllum uniflorum Ericaceae N. Ericaceae 0 0 0 0 2 2 Drosera arcturi Droseraceae N. Other 0 0 0 0 0 2 *Echium vulgare Boraginaceae I. Other 0 0 0 1 0 0 Epilobium alsinoides Onagraceae N. Other 0 0 2 2 2 2 Gaultheria crassa Ericaceae N. Ericaceae 0 0 3 3 2 2 Gaultheria sp. Ericaceae N. Ericaceae 0 0 0 0 2 2 Geranium microphyllum Geraniaceae N. Other 1 1 1 1 0 0 lycopodioides Plantaginaceae N. Other 0 0 0 0 1 0 Hebe salicifolia Plantaginaceae N. Other 0 0 1 0 0 0 *Hieracium aurantiacum Asteraceae I. Asteraceae 0 0 2 1 0 0 *Hieracium caespitosum Asteraceae I. Asteraceae 0 1 0 0 0 0 *Hieracium lepidulum Asteraceae I. Asteraceae 1 1 3 1 2 2 *Hieracium pilosella Asteraceae I. Asteraceae 4 4 3 3 3 3 *Hypericum perforatum Hypericaceae I. Other 2 2 2 2 1 1 *Hypochaeris radicata Asteraceae I. Asteraceae 3 3 4 3 3 3 *Lamiaceae sp. Lamiaceae I. Other 1 1 0 0 0 0 *Larix Pinaceae Non-resource 0 0 1 0 0 1 Leptospermum scoparium Myrtaceae N. Other 0 0 1 0 0 0 Leucopogon fraseri Ericaceae N. Ericaceae 3 2 4 3 3 3 Lobelia angulata Campanulaceae N. Other 0 0 0 0 1 2 *Lotus pedunculatus Fabaceae I. Fabaceae 2 3 3 3 2 2 *Lupinus arboreus Fabaceae I. Fabaceae 0 0 0 0 1 0 Muehlenbeckia axillaris Polygonaceae N. Other 0 1 1 0 0 0 non-tussock grasses Poaceae Non-resource 5 5 2 2 2 2 Onopordum acanthium Asteraceae I. Asteraceae 1 0 0 0 0 0 Ourisia caespitosa Plantaginaceae N. Other 1 0 0 1 2 2 Ozothamnus vauvilliersii Asteraceae N. Asteraceae 0 0 2 1 2 3 205

Appendix B

Pimelea sericeovillosa Thymeleaceae N. Other 2 1 3 2 2 2 *Pinus Pinaceae Non-resource 1 1 1 1 1 0 Prasophyllum colensoi Orchidaceae N. Other 2 2 2 1 1 1 Ranunculus gracilipes Ranunculaceae N. Other 0 0 0 1 3 3 Ranunculus multiscapus Ranunculaceae N. Other 0 1 2 3 1 0 Raoulia sp. Asteraceae N. Asteraceae 2 2 2 3 2 2 *Rosa rubiginosa Rosaceae I. Other 2 2 0 0 0 0 *Rumex acetosella Polygonaceae I. Other 1 2 1 2 2 2 Sophora microphylla Fabaceae N. Other 0 1 0 0 0 0 Stellaria gracilenta Caryophyllaceae N. Other 1 1 1 1 0 0 *Taraxacum officinale Asteraceae I. Asteraceae 0 0 0 1 0 0 Thelymitra longifolia Orchidaceae N. Other 2 0 1 1 1 0 *Trifolium dubium Fabaceae I. Fabaceae 0 2 1 0 0 0 *Trifolium pratense Fabaceae I. Fabaceae 1 2 2 1 1 0 *Trifolium repens Fabaceae I. Fabaceae 2 3 2 2 1 1 tussock grasses Poaceae Non-resource 1 1 5 5 5 5 *Verbascum thapsus Scrophulariaceae I. Other 1 1 0 0 0 0 *Vicia sativa Fabaceae I. Fabaceae 1 1 1 0 0 0 Viola cunninghamii Violoaceae N. Other 0 0 0 1 1 1 Wahlenbergia albomarginata Campanulaceae N. Other 3 3 3 3 3 3

206

Appendix B

Table B2.2 Table of summary output from glm models used for significant or near significant factors of: (a) Native plant abundance model for relevant predictor variables. (b) Introduced plant abundance model for relevant predictor variables. 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Bolded P-values indicate significance. Plots differ by elevation: Plot 1A at 930 m, 1B at 900 m, 2A at 1150 m, 2B at 1130 m, 3A at 1320 m, 3B at 1350 m. a. Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P GLM: Native plant abundance values; family: Gaussian Intercept 1.542 0.377 4.089 < 0.001 plot 2B 0.75 0.362 2.071 0.04 plot 3A 1.125 0.362 3.106 0.002 plot 3B 1.375 0.362 3.796 < 0.001

b.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P GLM: Introduced plant abundance values; family: Gaussian Intercept 2.417 0.297 8.146 < 0.001 plot 3A -0.5 0.265 -1.884 0.062 plot 3B -0.6 0.265 -2.261 0.026

207

Appendix B

Table B2.3 Table of summary output from glm model used of significant or near significant factors for plant abundance model by native plant families and plot. 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Bolded P-values indicate significance. Plots differ by elevation: Plot 1A at 930 m, 1B at 900 m, 2A at 1150 m, 2B at 1130 m, 3A at 1320 m, 3B at 1350 m.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P GLM: Plant abundance values per plot; family: Gaussian Intercept 0.417 0.373 1.118 0.264 N. Asteraceae 2B 1.15 0.454 2.531 0.012 N. Asteraceae 3A 1.625 0.454 3.576 < 0.001 N. Asteraceae 3B 1.975 0.454 4.346 < 0.001 N. Ericaceae 2A 1.267 0.495 2.56 0.011 N. Ericaceae 2B 1.4 0.495 2.83 0.005 N. Ericaceae 3A 2.167 0.495 4.38 < 0.001 N. Ericaceae 3B 2.267 0.495 4.582 < 0.001 N. Other 3A 0.717 0.363 1.977 0.049 N. Other 3B 0.687 0.363 1.893 0.059

208

Appendix B

Table B2.4 (a) Table of summary output from glm model used for significant or near significant factors of Floral Effort Index model for family group predictor variables. (b) Tukey multiple comparisons of means for contrast estimates for differences in Floral Effort Index that are significantly different. 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Bolded P-values indicate significance. a. Model/Estimate (log z- Factor SE P transformed) value GLM: Floral Effort Index; family: Gaussian Intercept 1.127 0.179 6.313 < 0.001 I. Fabaceae -0.335 0.278 -1.205 0.23 I. Other -0.459 0.278 -1.648 0.105 N. Asteraceae -0.47 0.268 -1.755 0.085 N. Ericaceae -1.59 0.292 -5.451 < 0.001 N. Other -0.741 0.214 -3.463 0.001 b.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value Pr(>|z|) Multiple comparisons of means: Tukey contrasts N. Ericaceae - I. Asteraceae -1.589 0.292 -5.451 < 0.001 N. Other - I. Asteraceae -0.741 0.214 -3.463 0.007 N. Ericaceae - I. Fabaceae -1.254 0.314 -3.992 < 0.001 N. Ericaceae - I. Other -1.131 0.314 -3.6 0.004 N. Ericaceae - N. Asteraceae -1.119 0.305 -3.67 0.003 N. Other - N. Ericaceae 0.849 0.259 3.279 0.013

Table B2.5 Table of summary output from vglm model used for significant or near significant factors of Plot Floral Availability model for relevant predictor variables. 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Bolded P-values indicate significance.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value Pr(>|z|) VGLM: Plot Floral Availability; family: positive negative binomial Intercept 7.621 0.297 25.634 < 0.001 Plant origin -0.83 0.149 -5.584 < 0.001 Season 0.152 0.143 1.062 0.288

209

Appendix C

Appendix C

\ Figure C3.1 Boxplots of temperatures by cloud cover for early field seasons (a) 1 and (b) 2 (clear: 0% cloud cover, partly cloudy: 50-90%, overcast: 90-100%), 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables.

Figure C3.2 Boxplots of temperatures by cloud cover for late field season 1 (clear: 0% cloud cover, partly cloudy: 50-90%, overcast: 90-100%), 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables.

210

Appendix C

Table C3.1 (a) Table of summary output from lm model used for significant or near significant factors of abiotic conditions model with relevant predictor variables. (b) Contrast estimates for each season that are not significantly different and significantly different between each season. 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Bolded P-values indicate significance. a.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P LM: Dependant variable: Temperature; family: Gaussian Intercept 18.876 0.59 31.968 < 0.001 Average wind speed -0.031 0.088 -0.351 0.725 Sky condition -0.96 0.329 -2.901 0.004

Average wind speed / sky conditions interaction -0.4 0.051 -0.768 0.44 b.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P Contrast between seasons Early 2 - Early 1 -1.943 0.304 -6.401 < 0.001 Late 1 - Early 1 -1.639 0.335 -4.895 < 0.001

Late 1 - Early 2 0.304 0.339 0.898 0.641

211

Appendix C

Table C3.2 (a) Table of summary output from vglm model used for significant or near significant factors of Lasioglossum early seasons model with relevant predictor variables. (b) Contrast estimates for each plant species that are not significantly different (top) and significantly different (bottom) than Achillea millefolium, the reference category, from the Lasioglossum early seasons model. 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Bolded P-values indicate significance. a.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P VLGM: Lasioglossum counts; family: positive negative binomial Intercept 0.034 0.796 0.422 0.67 Plot Floral Availability 0.00006 0.00002 2.871 0.004 Temperature 0.028 0.025 0.821 0.411 Average wind speed 0.012 0.003 0.389 0.697 Sky condition 0.033 0.149 -2.221 0.026 b.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P Contrast from Achillea millefolium Aciphylla lomondii 0.096 1.071 0.09 0.929 Cytisus scoparius 0.774 1.155 0.671 0.503 Dracophyllum rosmarinifolium 1.374 1.08 1.272 0.203 Gaultheria sp. -0.021 1.17 -0.018 0.985 Hieracium lepidulum 1.857 1.047 1.774 0.076 Pimelea sericeovillosa 1.723 1.058 1.628 0.103

Anaphalioides bellidioides 2.352 1.179 2.002 0.045 Celmisia gracilenta 4.047 1.088 3.719 < 0.001 Hieracium pilosella 2.238 1.048 2.136 0.033 Hypochaeris radicata 2.286 1.053 2.17 0.03 Lotus pedunculatus 2.311 1.221 1.894 0.058 Ranunculus gracilipes 2.538 1.11 2.284 0.022 Ranunculus multiscapus 3.333 1.143 2.917 0.004 Wahlenbergia albomarginata 2.89 1.06 2.725 0.006

212

Appendix C

Table C3.3 (a) Table of summary output from vglm model used for significant or near significant factors of Lasioglossum late season model with relevant predictor variables. (b) Contrast estimates for each plant species that are not significantly different (top) and significantly different (bottom) than Achillea millefolium, the reference category, from the Lasioglossum late season model. 2014 – 2015 season, The Remarkables. Bolded P-values indicate significance. a.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P VGLM: Lasioglossum counts; family: positive negative binomial Intercept 2.19 2.666 0.821 0.412 Plot Floral Availability -0.00008 0.0002 -0.514 0.607 Temperature 0.029 0.096 0.301 0.764 Average wind speed 0.003 -0.109 0.029 0.977 Sky condition -0.102 0.778 -0.132 0.895 b.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P Contrast from Achillea millefolium Dracophyllum uniflorum 4.611 2.748 1.678 0.093 Hypochaeris radicata 4.654 2.71 1.718 0.086

Hieracium lepidulum 5.91 2.748 2.151 0.032 Ozothamnus vauvilliersii 6.68 2.673 2.499 0.012

213

Appendix C

Table C3.4 (a) Table of summary output from vglm model used for significant or near significant factors of Leioproctus early seasons model with relevant predictor variables. b) Contrast estimates for each plant species significantly different than Achillea millefolium, the reference category, from the Leioproctus early seasons model. 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Bolded P-values indicate significance. a.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P VGLM: Leioproctus counts; family: positive negative binomial Intercept 2.103 0.62 3.391 0.0007 Plot Floral Availability -0.001 0.023 -0.058 0.953 Temperature -0.005 0.022 -0.22 0.826 Average wind speed -0.031 0.108 -0.282 0.778 Sky condition 0.00003 0.00001 2.702 0.007 b.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P Contrast from Achillea millefolium Aciphylla lomondii -2.669 0.796 3.354 < 0.001 Hieracium lepidulum -3.831 0.742 5.166 < 0.001 Hieracium pilosella -3.159 0.74 4.27 < 0.001 Hypochaeris radicata -3.47 0.728 4.765 < 0.001

214

Appendix C

Table C3.5 (a) Table of summary output from vglm model used for significant or near significant factors of Leioproctus late season model with relevant predictor variables. (b) Contrast estimates for each plant species that are not significantly different (top) and significantly different (bottom) than Achillea millefolium, the reference category, from the Leioproctus late season model. 2014 – 2015 season, The Remarkables. Bolded P-values indicate significance. a.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P VGLM: Leioproctus counts; family: positive negative binomial Intercept 1.259 1.794 0.702 0.483 Plot Floral Availability -0.00008 0.0002 -0.326 0.744 Temperature 0.087 0.07 1.261 0.207 Average wind speed -0.01 0.073 -0.133 0.894 Sky condition -0.367 -0.575 -0.641 0.522 b.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P Contrast from Achillea millefolium Ozothamnus vauvilliersii 3.062 2.164 1.415 0.157

Hieracium lepidulum 5.366 2.212 2.426 0.015 Hypochaeris radicata 4.399 2.008 2.191 0.029

215

Appendix C

Table C3.6 (a) Table of summary output from vglm model used for significant or near significant factors of Bombus terrestris early seasons model with relevant predictor variables. (b) Contrast estimates for each plant species that are not significantly different (top) and significantly different (bottom) than Cirsium arvense, the reference category, from the Bombus terrestris early seasons model. 2014 – 2016 seasons, The Remarkables. Bolded P- values indicate significance. a.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P VGLM: Bombus counts; family: positive negative binomial Intercept 0.362 1.149 0.315 0.753 Plot Floral Availability 0.001 0.0003 3.168 0.002 Temperature 0.071 0.041 1.735 0.083 Average wind speed -0.026 0.034 -0.779 0.436 Sky condition 0.206 0.182 1.123 0.259 b.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P Contrast from Cirsium arvense Lotus pedunculatus 1.573 1.434 1.097 0.273

Trifolium repens 2.908 1.411 2.062 0.039

216

Appendix D

Appendix D

Table D4.1 Experiment 1: Table of summary output from GAM models used of abiotic condition factors for (a) temperature and (b) light by glasshouse side. Bolded P-values indicate significance.

a. Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P GAM: Temperature; family: Gaussian Intercept 25.443 0.555 45.861 < 0.001 Side -0.11 0.1 -1.107 0.269

Approximate significance of smooth terms Factor Estimated df ref df F P Light (lux) - scaled 7.927 7.927 705.9 < 0.001

R-sq.(adj) = 0.718 Scale est. = 4.539 n = 1980 b. Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P GAM: Light (lux); family: Gaussian Intercept -0.013 0.118 -0.111 0.912 Side 0.012 0.041 0.304 0.761

R-sq.(adj) = -0.0006 Scale est. = 0.78 n = 1980

217

Appendix D

Table D4.2 Experiment 1 pre-trial period: Table of summary output from GLMER models used of bumblebee (Bombus terrestris) forager counts by side with abiotic predictor variables within the glasshouse integrating (a) temperature or (b) light conditions. Bolded P-values indicate significance. a.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P GLMER: Bumblebee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 0.596 0.187 3.19 0.001 Side -0.275 0.035 -7.952 < 0.001 Temperature 0.065 0.007 8.999 < 0.001

Random effects Groups Name Variance SD Time: Date Intercept 0.073 0.270 Date Intercept 0.004 0.061

Correlation of fixed effects Intercept Side Side 0.024 Temperature -0.963 -0.109 b.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P GLMER: Bumblebee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 2.184 0.118 18.53 < 0.001 Side -0.249 0.034 -7.254 < 0.001 Light (lux) - scaled 0.193 0.039 4.937 < 0.001

Random effects Groups Name Variance SD Time: Date Intercept 0.101 0.318 Date Intercept 0.037 0.192

Correlation of fixed effects Intercept Side Side -0.127 Light (lux) - scaled -0.014 -0.045

218

Appendix D

Table D4.3 Experiment 1 pre-trial period: Table of summary output from GLMER models used of honey bee (Apis mellifera) forager counts with abiotic predictor variables within the glasshouse integrating (a) temperature or (b) light conditions. Bolded P-values indicate significance.

a. Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P GLMER: Honey bee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 1.556 0.413 3.768 < 0.001 Temperature 0.078 0.015 5.131 < 0.001

Random effects Groups Name Variance SD Time: Date Intercept 0.496 0.704 Date Intercept 0.065 0.254

Correlation of fixed effects Intercept Temperature -0.874 b.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P GLMER: Honey bee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 3.398 0.094 36.3 < 0.001 Light (lux) - scaled 0.414 0.093 4.45 < 0.001

Random effects Groups Name Variance SD Time: Date Intercept 5.51E-01 7.43E-01 Date Intercept 1.04E-10 1.02E-05

Correlation of fixed effects Intercept Light (lux) - scaled -0.02

219

Appendix D

Table D4.4 Experiment 1 trial period: Table of summary output from GLMM PQL models used of bumblebee (Bombus terrestris) forager counts with relevant predictor variables within the glasshouse integrating (a) temperature or (b) light conditions. Bolded P-values indicate significance.

a. Factor Value SE df t-value P GLMM PQL: Bumblebee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 2.139 0.229 1085 9.342 < 0.001 Side -0.425 0.100 1085 -4.233 < 0.001 Treatment 0.007 0.003 9 2.553 0.031 Temperature -0.006 0.005 1085 -1.084 0.279 Honey bees - scaled 0.2 0.024 1085 8.435 < 0.001 Side : Treatment -0.0003 0.002 1085 -0.183 0.855

Correlation Honey bees - Factor Intercept Side Treatment Temperature scaled Side -0.261 Treatment -0.705 0.297 Temperature -0.77 0.078 0.131 Honey bees - scaled 0.163 -0.106 -0.015 -0.114 Side : Treatment 0.165 -0.883 -0.289 -0.01 -0.301 b. Factor Value SE df t-value P GLMM PQL: Bumblebee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 1.932 0.149 1085 12.969 < 0.001 Side -0.400 0.1 1085 -3.989 < 0.001 Treatment 0.007 0.003 9 2.717 0.024 Light (lux) - scaled 0.072 0.022 1085 3.228 0.001 Honey bees - scaled 0.186 0.024 1085 7.764 < 0.001 Side : Treatment -0.0003 0.002 1085 -0.176 0.86

Correlation Light (lux) - Honey bees - Factor Intercept Side Treatment scaled scaled Side -0.312 Treatment -0.953 0.286 Light (lux) - scaled -0.045 0.051 0.02 Honey bees - scaled 0.124 -0.103 -0.004 -0.182 Side : Treatment 0.241 -0.883 -0.285 0.018 -0.305

220

Appendix D

Table D4.5 Experiment 1 trial period: Table of summary output from GLMM PQL models used of honey bee (Apis mellifera) forager counts with relevant predictor variables within the glasshouse integrating (a) temperature or (b) light conditions. Bolded P-values indicate significance.

a.

Factor Value SE df t-value P GLMM PQL: Honey bee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 0.763 0.334 1087 2.284 0.023 Treatment 0.015 0.003 9 4.625 0.001 Temperature 0.016 0.008 1087 1.954 0.051 Bumblebees - scaled 0.264 0.033 1087 8.040 < 0.001

Correlation Factor Intercept Treatment Temperature Treatment -0.657 Temperature -0.834 0.157 Bumblebees - scaled 0.05 -0.116 -0.021

b.

Factor Value SE df t-value P GLMM PQL: Honey bee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 1.225 0.236 1087 5.192 < 0.001 Treatment 0.015 0.004 9 3.629 0.006 Light (lux) - scaled 0.241 0.038 1087 6.388 < 0.001 Bumblebees - scaled 0.228 0.033 1087 6.807 < 0.001

Correlation Light (lux) - Factor Intercept Treatment scaled Treatment -0.962 Light (lux) - scaled -0.082 0.056 Bumblebees - scaled 0.058 -0.095 -0.213

221

Appendix D

Table D4.6 Experiment 1 trial period: Table of summary output from GLMM PQL models used of full treatment (64 flower) bumblebee (Bombus terrestris) forager counts with relevant predictor variables within the glasshouse integrating (a) temperature or (b) light conditions. Bolded P-values indicate significance.

a.

Factor Value SE df t-value P GLMM PQL: Bumblebee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 2.495 0.164 690 15.208 < 0.001 Side -0.513 0.058 690 -8.873 < 0.001 Temperature -0.0002 0.005 690 -0.034 0.973 Honey bees - scaled 0.272 0.027 690 9.909 < 0.001

Correlation

Factor Intercept Side Temperature Side -0.32 Temperature -0.943 0.178 Honey bees - scaled 0.308 -0.827 -0.199

b.

Factor Value SE df t-value P GLMM PQL: Bumblebee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 2.471 0.054 690 46.08 < 0.001 Side -0.477 0.059 690 -8.138 < 0.001 Light (lux) - scaled 0.066 0.023 690 2.863 0.004 Honey bees - scaled 0.248 0.028 690 8.709 < 0.001

Correlation Light (lux) Factor Intercept Side - scaled Side -0.493 Light (lux) - scaled -0.14 0.234 Honey bees - scaled 0.4 -0.831 -0.326

222

Appendix D

Table D4.7 Experiment 1 trial period: Table of summary output from GLMM PQL models used of half treatment (32 flower) bumblebee (Bombus terrestris) forager counts with relevant predictor variables within the glasshouse integrating (a) temperature or (b) light conditions. Bolded P-values indicate significance.

a.

Factor Value SE df t-value P GLMM PQL: Bumblebee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 2.580 0.323 393 7.978 < 0.001 Side -0.531 0.089 393 -5.97 < 0.001 Temperature -0.015 0.010 393 -1.434 0.153 Honey bees - scaled 0.180 0.042 393 4.258 < 0.001

Correlation Factor Intercept Side Temperature Side -0.143 Temperature -0.977 0.024 Honey bees - scaled 0.024 -0.851 0.08

b.

Factor Value SE df t-value P GLMM PQL: Bumblebee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 2.129 0.087 393 24.374 < 0.001 Side -0.539 0.089 393 -6.054 < 0.001 Light (lux) - scaled 0.092 0.044 393 2.085 0.038 Honey bees - scaled 0.195 0.042 393 4.618 < 0.001

Correlation Light (lux) - Factor Intercept Side scaled SideA+ -0.443 Light (lux) - scaled 0.004 -0.032 Honey bees - scaled 0.378 -0.856 0.08

223

Appendix D

Table D4.8 Experiment 2: Table of summary output from GAM models used of abiotic condition factors for (a) temperature and (b) light by glasshouse side. Bolded P-values indicate significance.

a. Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P GAM: Temperature; family: Gaussian Intercept 20.37 0.621 32.825 < 0.001 Side 0.146 0.104 1.411 0.159

Approximate significance of smooth terms Factor Estimated df ref df F P Light (lux) - scaled 7.101 7.101 566.1 < 0.001

R-sq.(adj) = 0.653 Scale est. = 4.233 n = 1716

b. Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P GAM: Light (lux); family: Gaussian Intercept 0.018 0.145 0.121 0.904 Side 0.03 0.043 0.702 0.483

R-sq.(adj) = 0.0007 Scale est. = 0.731 n = 1716

224

Appendix D

Table D4.9 Experiment 2 pre-trial period: Table of summary output from GLMM PQL and GLMER models used of bumblebee (Bombus terrestris) forager counts by side with abiotic predictor variables within the glasshouse integrating (a) temperature or (b) light conditions. Bolded P-values indicate significance. a.

Factor Value SE df t-value P GLMM PQL: Bumblebee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 0.329 0.216 196 1.521 0.13 Side -0.089 0.076 196 -1.184 0.238 Temperature 0.044 0.008 196 5.206 < 0.001

Correlation Factor Intercept Side Side -0.091 Temperature -0.963 -0.079 b.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P GLMER: Bumblebee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 1.324 0.068 19.472 < 0.001 Side -0.071 0.062 -1.16 0.246 Light (lux) - scaled 0.201 0.060 3.334 < 0.001

Random effects Groups Name Variance SD Time: Date Intercept 1.6E-01 4.1E-01 Date Intercept 2.3E-09 4.8E-05

Correlation of fixed effects Factor Intercept Side Side -0.431 Light (lux) - scaled -0.062 -0.063

225

Appendix D

Table D4.10 Experiment 2 pre-trial period: Table of summary output from GLMER models used of honey bee (Apis mellifera) forager counts with abiotic predictor variables within the glasshouse integrating (a) temperature or (b) light conditions. Bolded P-values indicate significance.

a.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P GLMER: Honey bee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept -0.201 0.494 -0.407 0.684 Temperature 0.121 0.018 6.648 < 0.001

Random effects Groups Name Variance SD Time: Date Intercept 0.219 0.468 Date Intercept 0.075 0.273

Correlation of fixed effects Factor Intercept Temperature -0.912 b.

Factor Model/Estimate SE z-value P GLMER: Honey bee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 2.76 0.123 22.377 < 0.001 Light (lux) - scaled 0.485 0.074 6.544 < 0.001

Random effects Groups Name Variance SD Time: Date Intercept 0.209 0.458 Date Intercept 0.023 0.151

Correlation of fixed effects Factor Intercept light (lux) - scaled -0.036

226

Appendix D

Table D4.11 Experiment 2 trial period: Table of summary output from GLMM PQL models used of Bombus terrestris forager counts by side with relevant predictor variables within the glasshouse integrating (a) temperature or (b) light conditions. Bolded P-values indicate significance.

a.

Factor Value SE df t-value P GLMM PQL: Bumblebee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 3.034 0.232 985 13.09 < 0.001 Side -0.604 0.051 985 -11.789 < 0.001 Resource 0.13 0.042 985 3.111 0.002 Treatment 0.002 0.004 8 0.466 0.653 Temperature -0.045 0.004 985 -10.963 < 0.001 Honey bees - scaled 0.205 0.021 985 9.852 < 0.001 Side: Resource 0.206 0.059 985 3.486 < 0.001

Correlation Honey Factor Intercept Side Resource Treatment Temperature bees - scaled Side -0.087 Resource -0.103 0.304 Treatment -0.904 0.024 0.031 Temperature -0.322 -0.081 -0.003 -0.014 Honey bees - scaled 0.06 -0.616 0.031 -0.041 0.098 Side: Resource 0.049 -0.507 -0.64 -0.001 -0.002 -0.048

b.

Factor Value SE df t-value P GLMM PQL: Bumblebee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 2.168 0.14 985 15.479 < 0.001 Side -0.6 0.051 985 -11.66 < 0.001 Resource 0.129 0.041 985 3.16 0.002 Treatment 0.001 0.002 8 0.52 0.617 Light (lux) - scaled -0.088 0.021 985 -4.186 < 0.001 Honey bees - scaled 0.192 0.022 985 8.844 < 0.001 Side: Resource 0.206 0.058 985 3.518 < 0.001 227

Appendix D

Correlation Light Honey Factor Intercept Side Resource Treatment (lux) - bees - scaled scaled Side -0.192 Resource -0.169 0.303 Treatment -0.95 0.039 0.049 Light (lux) - scaled -0.013 0.012 -0.002 0.019 Honey bees - scaled 0.16 -0.632 0.026 -0.066 -0.04 Side: Resource 0.08 -0.5 -0.643 -0.003 0.002 -0.045

228

Appendix D

Table D4.12 Experiment 2 trial period: Table of summary output from GLMM PQL models used of honey bee (Apis mellifera) forager counts with relevant predictor variables within the glasshouse integrating (a) temperature or (b) light. Bolded P-values indicate significance. a.

Factor Value SE df t-value P GLMM PQL: Honey bee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 1.23 0.408 986 3.012 0.003 Resource -0.399 0.358 986 -1.115 0.265 Treatment 0.008 0.006 8 1.36 0.211 Temperature 0.006 0.01 986 0.557 0.577 Bumblebees - scaled 0.12 0.039 986 3.081 0.002 Resource: Treatment 0.007 0.006 986 1.049 0.294

Correlation Bumblebees Factor Intercept Resource Treatment Temperature - scaled Resource -0.399 Treatment -0.834 0.437 Temperature -0.478 -0.005 -0.036 Bumblebees - scaled -0.141 -0.037 -0.038 0.353 Resource: Treatment 0.389 -0.969 -0.439 -0.012 -0.016

b.

Factor Value SE df t-value P GLMM PQL: Honey bee forager counts; family: Poisson Intercept 1.339 0.335 986 3.998 < 0.001 Resource -0.418 0.358 986 -1.165 0.244 Treatment 0.009 0.006 8 1.463 0.182 Light (lux) - scaled 0.124 0.042 986 2.978 0.003 Bumblebees - scaled 0.133 0.038 986 3.545 < 0.001 Resource: Treatment 0.007 0.006 986 1.12 0.263

Correlation Light (lux) - Bumblebees Factor Intercept Resource Treatment scaled - scaled Resource -0.49 Treatment -0.97 0.47 Light (lux) - scaled -0.008 -0.011 -0.006 Bumblebees - scaled 0.034 -0.041 -0.032 0.187 Resource: Treatment 0.468 -0.969 -0.474 0.009 -0.006

229